WO2019146778A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate body, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate body, and semiconductor device - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate body, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate body, and semiconductor device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019146778A1 WO2019146778A1 PCT/JP2019/002704 JP2019002704W WO2019146778A1 WO 2019146778 A1 WO2019146778 A1 WO 2019146778A1 JP 2019002704 W JP2019002704 W JP 2019002704W WO 2019146778 A1 WO2019146778 A1 WO 2019146778A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- resin composition
- photosensitive resin
- formula
- compound
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/12—Unsaturated polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/22—Polybenzoxazoles
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/037—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor device.
- a cyclized and cured resin such as a polyimide resin or a polybenzoxazole resin is applied to various uses because it is excellent in heat resistance and insulation (see, for example, Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2).
- the application is not particularly limited, when the semiconductor device for mounting is taken as an example, the material of an insulating film or a sealing material or its use as a protective film can be mentioned. In addition, it is also used as a base film or a cover lay of a flexible substrate.
- the above-mentioned polyimide resins and the like generally have low solubility in solvents.
- a method of dissolving in a solvent in the form of a polymer precursor before the cyclization reaction specifically, a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, is often used.
- a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor As a result, excellent handleability can be realized, and when manufacturing the products as described above, it can be applied and processed in various forms on a substrate or the like. Thereafter, it can be heated to cyclize the polymer precursor to form a cured product.
- the industrial application development is expected more and more.
- Patent Document 1 It has been attempted to apply polyimide as a protective film of an interlayer insulating film (Patent Document 1).
- a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate is used. It is described that this can provide a resin composition with little viscosity change at room temperature.
- the technology of Patent Document 2 employs a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor, a compound that generates a radical upon irradiation with an actinic ray, a specific compound having an ethylene oxide group, and a solvent. By this, it is described that it is possible to provide a resin composition which has good photosensitivity characteristics, can form a cured film at a low final curing temperature, and has a high weight reduction temperature of the cured film.
- the polymer precursor can be cured by heating as described above. However, because of their properties, curing during storage may easily proceed and the stability of the resin may be lost. On the other hand, if the composition is formulated to suppress the cyclization of the precursor in order to prevent curing, conversely, the curability may be poor and the required properties at the time of film formation may not be satisfied. Therefore, the present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor device, which can realize good storage stability while maintaining sufficient curability. With the goal.
- the photosensitive resin composition containing the polymer precursor selected from a ⁇ 1> polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and the compound to which acidity will fall when heated.
- ⁇ 2> The photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound represented by any one of formulas A1 to A3; (X) m- L A- (Y) n ⁇ Formula A1 Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Y represents -OH, -COOH or -NH an (R N), , R N is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, m is an integer of 1 to 4 and n is an integer of 1 to 4; (X) m- L A- (Q) n ⁇ Formula A2 Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a
- X is -SO 3 H, a photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 2>.
- ⁇ 6> Any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the content of the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is 0.01% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less in the photosensitive resin composition
- the photosensitive resin composition as described in-. ⁇ 7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound whose acidity decreases when heated at 400 ° C. .
- ⁇ 9> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated has a difference in pKa of 8.0 or more before and after heating.
- ⁇ 10> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound whose acid group causes intramolecular dehydration condensation when heated.
- the photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of ⁇ 1>- ⁇ 10> whose molecular weight of the compound in which the acidity falls by said ⁇ 11> heating is 80-1000.
- the photosensitive resin composition as described in ⁇ 13> in which the ⁇ 14> above-mentioned polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by following formula (1);
- a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
- R 111 represents a divalent organic group
- R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
- R 113 and Each R 114 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
- At least one of R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1) contains a radical polymerizable group, the photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 14>.
- R 111 in the formula (1) is -Ar 0 -L 0 -Ar 0 - represented by ⁇ 14> ⁇ photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 16>;
- R 111 in the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61), ⁇ 14> ⁇ photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 17>;
- R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a fluoromethyl group, Represents a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group;
- R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 18> which is used for development using a developer containing 90% or more of an organic solvent.
- the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 19> which is used for the formation of an interlayer insulating film for a ⁇ 20> redistribution layer.
- ⁇ 21> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 20>.
- ⁇ 22> The cured film according to ⁇ 21>, which has a film thickness of 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
- the laminated body which has a cured film as described in ⁇ 23> ⁇ 21> or ⁇ 22> two or more layers.
- a laminate comprising 3 to 7 layers of the cured film according to ⁇ 24> ⁇ 21> or ⁇ 22>.
- the laminated body as described in ⁇ 23> or ⁇ 24> which has a metal layer between ⁇ 25> above-mentioned cured films.
- ⁇ 26> A method for producing a cured film, comprising a film forming step of forming a film by applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 20> to a substrate.
- the manufacturing method of the cured film as described in ⁇ 26> which has an exposure process of exposing the said film
- ⁇ 28> The method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 27>, wherein the developer used for the development contains 90% or more of an organic solvent.
- ⁇ 29> The method for producing a cured film according to any one of ⁇ 26> to ⁇ 28>, comprising the step of heating the film at 80 to 450 ° C.
- the manufacturing method of the laminated body which performs the manufacturing method of the cured film as described in any one of ⁇ 30> ⁇ 26>- ⁇ 29> in multiple times.
- the semiconductor device which has a cured film as described in ⁇ 31> ⁇ 21> or ⁇ 22>, or the laminated body as described in any one of ⁇ 23>- ⁇ 25>.
- a photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive resin, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor according to the present invention which can realize good storage stability while maintaining sufficient curability.
- Device can be provided.
- the descriptions of components in the present invention described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
- the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent.
- the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
- “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
- (meth) acrylate represents both or either of “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
- (meth) acrylic is both “acrylic” and “methacrylic” or "(Meth) acryloyl” represents either or both of “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”.
- the term "process” is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
- the solid content is a mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
- solid content concentration means the density
- weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise stated.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.), guard column HZ-L as a column, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.). Eluents are to be determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) unless otherwise stated. Moreover, a detection shall use the wavelength 254 nm detector of a UV ray (ultraviolet light), unless it mentions specially.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as “the composition of the present invention” or “the resin composition of the present invention”) is a polymer precursor and a compound whose acidity decreases when heated (the following , “Acid eliminator” may be included.
- the acid scavenger acts as an acidic compound at room temperature and can inhibit the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor.
- a polymer precursor a polyimide precursor is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is a polyimide precursor containing the structural unit represented by following formula (1).
- the polyimide precursor preferably contains a constituent unit represented by the following formula (1). With such a configuration, a composition having more excellent film strength can be obtained.
- a 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH
- R 111 represents a divalent organic group
- R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group
- R 113 and R 114 are each independently And represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
- a 1 and A 2 are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom.
- R 111 represents a divalent organic group.
- the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group consisting of an aromatic group, a heteroaromatic group, or a combination thereof, and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms
- an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred.
- R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine.
- the diamine used for manufacture of a polyimide precursor, linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine etc. are mentioned.
- the diamine may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof It is preferable to be one containing the following group, and more preferable to be a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The following is mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
- diamine specifically, 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 2,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; meta and para phenylene diamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,
- diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
- the diamine which has an at least 2 or more alkylene glycol unit in a principal chain is also mentioned as a preferable example.
- Preferred are diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains and / or propylene glycol chains together in one molecule, more preferably diamines not containing an aromatic ring.
- x, y and z are average values.
- R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 -L 0 -Ar 0 — from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting cured film.
- Ar 0 is each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and is preferably a phenylene group.
- the preferred range is the same as A described above.
- R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance.
- the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i ray transmittance and availability.
- R 50 to R 57 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 represents a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, or It is a trifluoromethyl group.
- R 50 to R 57 As the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57, a C 1 to C 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) unsubstituted alkyl group, a C 1 to 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) fluorine group And alkylated alkyl groups.
- R 58 and R 59 each independently represent a fluorine atom, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.
- R 115 in Formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group.
- the tetravalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
- R 112 has the same meaning as A, and the preferred range is also the same.
- the tetravalent organic group which R115 in Formula (1) represents specifically, the tetracarboxylic acid residue etc. which remain after removing an acid dianhydride group from tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride etc. are mentioned.
- the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (7).
- R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group.
- R 115 has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (1).
- tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride examples include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4 4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-benzophenonet
- DAA-1 to DAA-5 shown below are also mentioned as preferable examples.
- R 113 and R 114 respectively represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a radically polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a radically polymerizable group.
- the radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferred example is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III).
- R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a methyl group being more preferred.
- R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (as an alkylene group, 1 carbon atom Preferred is 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
- the repeat number is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
- the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
- R 201 examples include ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group And —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
- R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
- An alkyl group etc. are mentioned. Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned.
- the acid group is preferably a hydroxyl group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxyl group.
- R 113 or R 114 As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used. It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
- R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group.
- the monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
- the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30 (in the case of cyclic, 3 or more).
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- a linear or branched alkyl group for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tetradecyl group, octadecyl group And isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl groups.
- the cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group.
- Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group and cyclooctyl group.
- As the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group for example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, camphenyl group, decahydronaphthyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, camphoroyl group, dicyclohexyl group and pinenyl group Can be mentioned. Among them, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable in terms of coexistence with high sensitivity.
- the linear alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group mentioned later is preferable.
- the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene Ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring,
- a polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in a structural unit. 10 mass% or more is preferable, and, as for the fluorine atom content in a polyimide precursor, 20 mass% or less is more preferable. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
- an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the formula (1).
- the diamine component bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane and the like can be mentioned.
- the structural unit represented by the formula (1) is preferably a structural unit represented by the formula (1-A).
- a 11 and A 12 each represent an oxygen atom or NH
- R 111 and R 112 each independently represent a divalent organic group
- R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent atom
- An organic group is represented, and at least one of R 113 and R 114 is a group containing a radical polymerizable group, preferably a radical polymerizable group.
- a 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have the same meaning as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. is there. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in Formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
- the structural unit represented by formula (1) may be of one type, or of two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the structural unit represented by Formula (1) may be included.
- the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of structural units in addition to the structural unit of the above formula (1).
- polyimide precursor in the present invention a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the structural units are the structural units represented by the formula (1) Is illustrated. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
- the dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) of the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
- the polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine.
- the dicarboxylic acid or the dicarboxylic acid derivative is obtained by halogenating it using a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
- an organic solvent is preferably used in the reaction.
- the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
- the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran is soluble to cause solid precipitation.
- the polybenzoxazole precursor preferably contains a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (2).
- R 121 represents a divalent organic group
- R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group
- R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
- R 121 represents a divalent organic group.
- a divalent organic group an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14) Is more preferable, and a group containing at least one of 6 to 12 is particularly preferable.
- an aromatic group which comprises R121 the example of R111 of said Formula (1) is mentioned.
- R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
- R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group.
- the tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
- R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
- R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
- the polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of constitutional units in addition to the constitutional unit of the above-mentioned formula (2). It is preferable that the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of structural unit from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film due to ring closure.
- SL diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of structural unit from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film due to ring closure.
- R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
- R 2s Is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms)
- at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s and R 6s is aromatic Group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), with the remainder being a hydrogen atom or 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms).
- the organic groups preferably have 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and may be the same or different.
- the polymerization of the a structure and the b structure may be block polymerization or random polymerization.
- the a structure is 5 to 95 mol%
- the b structure is 95 to 5 mol%
- a + b is 100 mol%.
- preferable Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are a phenyl group.
- the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. Molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By making the said molecular weight into the said range, the elastic modulus after dehydration ring-closing of a polybenzoxazole precursor can be reduced, and the effect which can control curvature, and the effect of improving solubility can be compatible.
- the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of structural unit, it further removes an acid dianhydride group from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to contain the tetracarboxylic acid residue which remains behind as a structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residues include the examples of R 115 in the formula (1).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
- the dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) of the molecular weight of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
- the content of the polymer precursor in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
- the content is more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more.
- the content of the polymer precursor in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition.
- the content is preferably 98% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 95% by mass or less.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymer precursor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
- the acid extinguishing agent is preferably a compound whose acidity decreases when heated at 400 ° C., more preferably 300 ° C., still more preferably 250 ° C., still more preferably 200 ° C. Preferably, it is 180.degree. C., still more preferably 150.degree. There is no particular lower limit, but 80 ° C. is practical.
- the heating time is, for example, one hour. Further, heating is performed under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the pressure at that time is preferably 1 atm.
- the acid extinguishing agent used by this invention it is preferable that acidity falls at the temperature in the heating process mentioned later.
- the acid extinguishing agent used by this invention is the meaning except the compound whose acidity does not fall unless it is a temperature which exceeds the heat-resistant temperature of a cured film.
- the decrease in acidity is measured and defined as follows. The specific compound is heated at 1 atm under nitrogen for 1 hour. It is dissolved in a solvent containing water to make a 0.1 mol / L aqueous solution. The pH can be measured with a pH meter to confirm that the acidity decreases.
- the pKa of this compound is preferably -10 or more, more preferably -5 or more, and still more preferably -3 or more before heating (for example, heating at 200 ° C) of the acid extinguishing agent .
- the upper limit is, for example, preferably 5.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 1.8 or less. It is preferable at the point of suppressing the hydrolysis reaction of a polymer precursor by making pKa more than the said lower limit. It is preferable at the point of inhibiting the cyclization reaction of a polymer precursor by below the said upper limit carrying out.
- pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and the equilibrium constant Ka is represented by its negative common logarithm pKa.
- pKa is a calculated value by ACD / ChemSketch unless otherwise specified. Alternatively, you may refer to the values listed in the Revised 5th Edition of the Handbook of Chemical Handbook, Basic Edition, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan.
- the increase in pKa due to heating ( ⁇ pKa) is preferably 2.0 or more, more preferably 5.0 or more, and still more preferably 8.0 or more.
- the molecular weight of the acid extinguishing agent is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, and still more preferably 500 or less. There is no particular lower limit, but it is practical to be 80 or more.
- the acid extinguishing agent is preferably a compound represented by any of Formulas A1 to A3, more preferably a compound represented by Formula A1 or Formula A2, and a compound represented by Formula A1. Is more preferred.
- the organic group of R N is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3), and an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 18) 6 to 10 is more preferable, or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and still more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or Methyl is more preferred, and hydrogen is more preferred.
- the organic group R N may have a substituent T which will be described later.
- R N organic groups When there are a plurality of R N organic groups, they may be bonded to each other or bonded to each other via a linking group L defined below to form a ring.
- the ring formed include an alicyclic ring, and a cycloalkyl ring or a cycloalkenyl ring or a linking group Lh having a hetero atom thereon (preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3). Further preferred is a ring interposed by).
- the alicyclic ring preferably has 3 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 12 and still more preferably 3 to 8.
- the alicyclic ring may form a polycyclo ring or a spiro ring.
- the organic group R N is preferably who no substituent T.
- L A preferably represents an m + n-valent linking group selected from the group consisting of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, an aliphatic linking group, an aryl linking group and a combination thereof.
- the aliphatic linking group is preferably an alkane linking group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene linking group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6).
- it is a linking group according to 2 to 3 is further preferable, an aryl linking group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or a combination thereof .
- the alkane linking group refers to a linking group composed of alkane (saturated hydrocarbon).
- the alkane linking group is a divalent linking group, it is an alkylene group.
- L A may be a linking group Lh intervening to the extent that the effect of the present invention having the following hetero atoms, preferably the number of intervening is 0-3, is 0 or 1 Is more preferable, and 0 is more preferable.
- L A is preferably the number of atoms connecting the X and Q is 3 or more linking groups.
- the upper limit of the number of atoms connecting X and Q is not particularly limited but is practically 6 or less.
- R N is bonded to L A may form a ring without involving or via a linking group L to the extent that the effects of the present invention.
- Examples of the ring formed include the ring K described above.
- R N is it is preferable not to form a ring with L A.
- n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
- m + n is preferably 2 to 4, and more preferably 2.
- m ⁇ n is preferable, and m ⁇ n may be satisfied.
- n-m is preferably 0 or 1.
- a plurality of X may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Y may be the same or different.
- X is preferably -SO 3 H.
- Y is preferably -NH (R N), more preferably -NH 2.
- it is preferable number of atoms L A is connected is three or more linking groups. The upper limit of the number of connected atoms is not particularly limited but is practically 6 or less. By setting such a range, the group represented by Y is more easily reacted with the acid group represented by X in the molecule.
- the group represented by Y reacts with the acid group represented by X in the molecule, and the acidity is lowered by changing X It is understood that.
- X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2
- L A represents a m + n valent linking group
- Q represents a group which releases a base component upon heating.
- the heating temperature is the same as the above-mentioned temperature at which the acidity decreases.
- Q is, -CONH (R N), - OCONH (R N), - N (R N) CONH (R N), or -N (R N) 3 +
- a - represents a.
- a - is an atom or a group of atoms forming a counter ion, and examples thereof include a halogen atom.
- X, L A , m, n and R N have the same meanings as X, L A , m, n and R N in the formula A1, respectively, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
- the group represented by Q is thermally decomposed to release the amine component, and the acid group represented by X is neutralized to reduce the acidity.
- Z represents an nz-valent organic group
- R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group
- R b represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group
- * 1 represents Z
- * 2 represents the bonding position on the COOH side
- nz is an integer of 1 to 4.
- Z and R a or R b may combine to form a ring.
- R a is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 is more preferable, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19) Is more preferably 7 to 11), a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
- R b represents an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 carbon atoms Is more preferable, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms) , 7 to 11 are more preferable, and an alkyl group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
- an alkyl group preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms
- an alkenyl group preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atom
- Ra and Rb may be the same or different.
- Z, R a and R b are bonded to each other (or when there are a plurality of R a and R b , the same kind of substituent may be bonded) or they are bonded to each other via a linking group L to form a ring
- the preferred ring includes the ring K described above.
- Z is an alkane linking group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene linking group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6) -3 is more preferable, an aryl linking group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group and an oxygen atom, or a combination thereof A linking group is preferred, and a linking group consisting of an alkane linking group, an aryl linking group, a carbonyl group or a combination thereof is more preferred.
- nz is 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. In the compound represented by the formula A3, in a preferred embodiment, it is understood that the COOH group causes a decarboxylation reaction upon heating to decrease the acidity.
- Formula A3 is preferably any one of the following formulas A3-1 to A3-3.
- Z 1- (CHR b- COOH) nz ⁇ Formula A3-1 Z 1- (CR b 2- COOH) nz ⁇ Formula A3-2
- R a, R b, nz have the same meanings as R a, R b, nz in Formula A3, the preferred range is also the same.
- preferred rings include the above-mentioned ring K.
- R a and R b may combine with Z 1 or Z 2 to form a ring, and a preferred ring includes ring K.
- Z 1 is an alkane linking group, an alkene linking group, an aryl linking group, or an arylalkyl group.
- an aryl linking group is preferable, and examples of the aromatic Aro are given as a ring structure, and a naphthalene ring or a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
- the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. is the same as the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. in Z above.
- Z 2 is more preferably a linking group consisting of an alkane linking group, an aryl linking group, a carbonyl group, or a combination thereof.
- the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. is the same as the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. in Z above.
- R a , R b , Z 1 and Z 2 may further have a substituent T. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to R a , R b , Z 1 or Z 2 in the formula to form a ring, with or without a linking group L.
- a linking group Lh having a hetero atom may intervene in the alkyl chain or alkenyl chain of Z 1 and Z 2 , and the number of intervening groups is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3 preferable.
- R a , R b , Z 1 and Z 2 may have no substituent.
- an alkyl group preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6
- an alkenyl group preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 12
- an alkoxyl group preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3
- an arylalkyl group preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19 7 to 11 is more preferable
- the number 2 to 12 is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, an acyloxy group (having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable,
- aryloyl oxy groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), and aryloyl oxy groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms).
- the alkylene chain of the substituent T may be intervened by a heteroatom. Another substituent may be further substituted to the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group and the arylalkyl group which the substituent T has.
- R is as defined above for R N.
- the linking group L is an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), Arylene group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), heteroarylene group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 4)
- the hetero atom is, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, -NR-, or a combination thereof.
- the number of atoms constituting the linking group L is preferably 1 to 24, excluding hydrogen atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 6.
- the number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less.
- the lower limit is 1 or more.
- R is as defined above for R N.
- linking group Lh containing a hetero atom a linking group composed of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, -NR- or a combination thereof can be mentioned.
- the number of atoms constituting the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
- the number of atoms intervening in a specific group of the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
- R is as defined above for R N.
- the acid eliminator used in the present invention may be a compound corresponding to two or more of the formulas A1 to A3.
- a structure represented by (X) 2 -linking group-(Y) (Q) a compound corresponding to Formula A1 and Formula A2 is exemplified.
- two or more types of acid eliminators having different temperatures at which the acidity decreases can be blended.
- the amount of the acid extinguishing agent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.0025% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.02% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is, for example, preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.25% by mass or less.
- the ratio of the acid extinguishing agent in the solid content is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and 0.1% by mass or more. It is further preferred that The upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 10.0% by mass or less, more preferably 5.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 1.0% by mass or less.
- the compounding ratio of the acid extinguishing agent to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor is preferably 0.015 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.075 parts by mass or more, and 0.15 parts by mass or more. Is more preferred.
- the upper limit is, for example, preferably 15.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7.5 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less.
- the acid eliminator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of using a plurality of things, the total amount is in the above-described range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
- a solvent known solvents can optionally be used.
- the solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
- esters for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -caprolactone , ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.) ), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alky
- ethers for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are mentioned as a suitable thing.
- ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
- aromatic hydrocarbons for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene etc. may be mentioned as suitable.
- a sulfoxide for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is mentioned as a suitable one.
- suitable amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
- the solvent is also preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface properties and the like.
- the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
- the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount be 10 to 70% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 70% by mass.
- the solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and application method.
- the solvent may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
- the photosensitive resin composition contains a photoactive compound.
- photoactive compounds include photopolymerization initiators, photoacid generators and photocuring accelerators.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- a radical photopolymerization initiator which can be used by this invention, It can select suitably from well-known radical photopolymerization initiators.
- a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred.
- it may be an activator which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
- the photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm).
- the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
- the photosensitive resin composition contains a photo radical polymerization initiator, whereby the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and then light is irradiated.
- a photosensitive resin composition layer contains a photo radical polymerization initiator, whereby the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and then light is irradiated.
- curing occurs due to the generated radicals, and the solubility in the light irradiated part can be reduced. Therefore, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern for masking only the electrode portion, there is an advantage that regions having different solubility can be easily manufactured according to the pattern of the electrode. is there.
- a well-known compound can be used arbitrarily as a radical photopolymerization initiator.
- halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.
- acyl phosphine compounds such as acyl phosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc.
- ketone compound As a ketone compound, the compound as described in Paragraph 0087 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-087611 is illustrated, for example, This content is integrated in this specification.
- Kayacure DETX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is also suitably used.
- a radical photopolymerization initiator a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acyl phosphine compound can also be used suitably. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
- a hydroxyacetophenone type initiator IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
- aminoacetophenone initiators commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF AG) can be used.
- aminoacetophenone initiator a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched to a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
- the acylphosphine initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like.
- IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO which are commercially available products, can be used.
- metallocene compounds include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
- an oxime compound As a photo radical polymerization initiator, More preferably, an oxime compound is mentioned. By using an oxime compound, it is possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude.
- the oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also serves as a light curing accelerator.
- specific examples of the oxime compound compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
- Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds of the following structures, 3-benzoximinobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxy Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.
- an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as a photoradical polymerization initiator.
- Commercially available products are IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (made by ADEKA Co., Ltd., light radical described in JP 2012-14052) A polymerization initiator 2) is also suitably used.
- TR-PBG-304 made by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.
- Adeka Awrucks NCI-831 and Adeka Arkles NCI-930 made by ADEKA
- DFI-091 manufactured by Daitoke Mix Co., Ltd.
- oxime compounds compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, JP-A-2013 And the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-164471-A, and the like.
- an oxime compound having a specific substituent described in JP-A-2007-269779 an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like can be mentioned.
- the photo radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl triazine compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compound, an ⁇ -amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity.
- Imidazole dimer, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and salts thereof, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds Compounds are preferred.
- photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, ⁇ -amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, More preferred is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triazine compounds, ⁇ -amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, still more preferably metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, oxime compounds Is even more preferred.
- photo radical polymerization initiators include N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc.
- Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc.
- benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether
- benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin
- benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal.
- the compound represented by following formula (I) can also be used.
- R 100 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 2 to carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms 18 alkyl group and at least one substituted phenyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a biphenyl,
- R I01 is a group represented by formula (II), the same as R I00
- R 1 02 to R 1 04 are each independently an alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a
- the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 0.5 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass.
- the photopolymerization initiator may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When 2 or more types of photoinitiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
- the composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator.
- a photo-acid generator By containing a photo-acid generator, an acid is generated in the exposed area, and the solubility of the exposed area in the alkaline aqueous solution is increased, so that it can be used as a positive photosensitive resin composition.
- the photoacid generator include quinone diazide compounds, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts, and iodonium salts.
- a quinone diazide compound is preferably used in that it exhibits an excellent dissolution inhibiting effect and can obtain a positive composition with high sensitivity and low film reduction.
- the ratio of the dissolution rates of the exposed area and the unexposed area can be further increased, and a highly sensitive positive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
- the description in paragraphs 0209 to 0215 of WO 2017/110982 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
- the content of the photoacid generator is preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. By setting the content of the photoacid generator in this range, higher sensitivity can be achieved. Furthermore, a sensitizer may be contained as required.
- the photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a photocuring accelerator.
- the photo-curing accelerator in the present invention generates a base upon exposure, and does not show activity under ordinary conditions of normal temperature and pressure, but when irradiation and heating of electromagnetic waves are performed as an external stimulus, the base ( It is not particularly limited as long as it generates a basic substance).
- the base generated by exposure to light serves as a catalyst for curing the polymer precursor by heating, and thus can be suitably used.
- known photocuring accelerators can be used.
- such as a transition metal compound complex one having a structure such as an ammonium salt, or one in which an amidine moiety is made latent by forming a salt with a carboxylic acid
- the base component is neutralized by forming a salt
- examples thereof include ionic compounds, and non-ionic compounds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, and acyl compounds in which the base component is made latent by urethane bonds or oxime bonds.
- the photocuring accelerator according to the present invention for example, a photocuring accelerator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in JP-A-2009-80452 and WO2009 / 123122 pamphlet, JP-A-2006- Photocuring accelerators having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 189591 and 2008-247747; oxime structures as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007-249013 and 2008-003581; Although the photocuring accelerator etc. which have a carbamoyl oxime structure etc. are mentioned, it is not limited to these, In addition, the structure of a well-known photocuring accelerator can be used.
- WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, PBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167 and WPBG-082 can also be used.
- the content of the photo-curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
- 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is further more preferable.
- the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the photocuring accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator within the scope of the present invention.
- the thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be advanced along with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that a higher degree of heat resistance can be achieved.
- Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
- the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 5 to 15% by mass.
- the thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound.
- a radically polymerizable compound a compound having a radically polymerizable group can be used.
- the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an allyl group.
- the radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
- the number of radically polymerizable groups in the radically polymerizable compound may be one, or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably three or more. More preferable.
- the upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less.
- the lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, from the viewpoint of developability, and a trifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound. It is more preferable to include at least one kind. Moreover, the mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional radically polymerizable compound may be sufficient.
- the number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
- the radically polymerizable compound examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.), esters thereof and amides, and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds. Also, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group etc.
- unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.
- esters thereof and amides and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds.
- the radically polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.
- examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane and the like A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol
- Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 50-6034 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-64183; Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191; JP-A-52-30490 mentions polyester acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which is a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof it can.
- compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable.
- dipentaerythritol triacrylate commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku ( A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
- dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) Acrylate commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
- these (meth) acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol residue or propylene glycol residue A linked structure is preferred.
- These oligomer types can also be used.
- radically polymerizable compounds include, for example, SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, SR-209 manufactured by Sartomer which is a difunctional methacrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains.
- DPCA-60 which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentylene oxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
- TPA-330 which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutylene oxy chains
- urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.
- NK ester M-40G NK ester 4G
- NK ester M-9300 NK ester A-9300, UA-7200
- JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418 and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton as described in JP-B-58-49860 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable.
- radically polymerizable compounds compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, JP-A-1-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
- the radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group.
- the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid. Radically polymerizable compounds having a group are more preferred.
- the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound in which a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give an acid group, is pentaerythritol or dipentacene. It is a compound which is erythritol.
- examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
- the preferred acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g. If the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and furthermore, the developability is excellent. Moreover, the polymerizability is good.
- a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of warpage suppression associated with the control of the elastic modulus of the cured film.
- monofunctional radically polymerizable compounds include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl ( (Meta) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate ) N-vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid derivative
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound.
- the polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; benzoxazine compounds.
- Compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group As the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5) is preferable.
- R 104 represents a t-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
- R 105 represents a group represented by —OR 106 or —OCO—R 107
- R 106 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- R 107 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- R 404 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
- R 405 represents a group represented by —OR 406 or —OCO—R 407
- R 406 represents a hydrogen atom or carbon
- R 407 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- R 504 represents a u-valent organic group having 1 to 200 carbon atoms
- R 505 represents a group represented by -OR 506 or -OCO-R 507.
- R 506 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- R 507 represents an organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML -PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-290 (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresol, etc. Be
- specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade names, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- Epoxy compound compound having an epoxy group
- the epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule.
- the epoxy group crosslinks at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less, and a film contraction does not easily occur because a dehydration reaction derived from the crosslinking does not occur. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for suppressing the low temperature curing and warpage of the composition.
- the epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group.
- the polyethylene oxide group means that the number of structural units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of structural units is preferably 2 to 15.
- epoxy compounds are: bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; Examples include epoxy group-containing silicones such as (oxypropyl) siloxane and the like, but are not limited thereto.
- Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epiclon (R) EXA-4710, Epiclon (R) HP-4770, Epiclon (R) EXA-859 CRP, Epiclon (R) EXA-1514, Epiclon (R) EXA-4880, Epiclon (R) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Lica resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Brand name, Shin Nippon Rika Co., Ltd.), EP- 003S, EP-4000S (trade names, Co., Ltd.
- the epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable at the point which is excellent in suppression of curvature, and heat resistance.
- Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
- oxetane compounds include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl oxetane, 1,4-bis ⁇ [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl ⁇ benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester.
- Aron oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be suitably used, and these can be used alone or Two or more may be mixed.
- Benzoxazine compound compound having a benzoxazolyl group
- the benzoxazine compounds are preferable because they do not generate degassing during curing due to the crosslinking reaction derived from the ring opening addition reaction, and further, the thermal shrinkage is reduced and the occurrence of warpage is suppressed.
- benzoxazine compound examples include B-a type benzoxazine, B-m type benzoxazine (all trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type dihydrobenzo An oxazine compound is mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
- the upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
- a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, you may mix and use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount becomes said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor.
- a migration inhibitor By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocyclic ring (a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isoxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, Compounds having pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thiourea
- ion trap agents that capture anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
- Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP-A-2013-15701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP-A-2009-283711, and JP-A-2011-59656.
- the compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the like can be used.
- the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and 0
- the content is more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
- the migration inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
- the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butyl catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ' -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso
- the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
- the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
- the content of the polymerization inhibitor is from 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Is preferable, 0.02 to 3% by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 2.5% by mass is more preferable.
- the polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like.
- a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like.
- the metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents.
- silane coupling agent examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP-A 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication WO 2011/080992 A1, and compounds described in JP-A 2014-191252.
- Et represents an ethyl group.
- the content of the metal adhesion modifier is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. And in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass.
- the metal adhesion improver may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum is the said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator.
- the curing accelerator may be a thermal curing accelerator or a light curing accelerator.
- the photo-curing accelerator in the present invention is preferably one which generates a base by heat, exposure or the like (a base generator).
- Thermosetting accelerator >>
- the heat curing accelerator is preferably a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
- the quaternary ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-4).
- R Y1 represents an organic group having n Y value (n Y is an integer of 1 to 12), and is preferably a hydrocarbon group having n Y value.
- a hydrocarbon group a group having n Y valence containing an alkane (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3), and an n Y valence group containing an alkene (having 2 carbon atoms) To 12 are preferable, 2 to 6 are more preferable, and 2 to 3 are more preferable, and an n Y- valent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 18), and 6 to 10 Is further preferred), or a combination thereof.
- R Y1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- R Y1 may have the aforementioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- R Y2 to R Y5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 12), and an alkyl group (having a carbon number of 1 to 12) 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, 1 to 23 is more preferable, alkenyl group (having 2 to 36 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 24 is more preferable, and 2 to 23 is more preferable), alkynyl group (carbon number is more preferable) 1 to 36 are preferable, 1 to 24 are more preferable, and 1 to 23 are more preferable, and an aryl group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is more preferable).
- the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be cyclic or linear, and in the case of chain, they may be linear or branched.
- R Y6 is an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, still more preferably 4 to 18), and an alkenyl group (having a carbon number of 2 to 36 preferably, 2 to 24 more preferably, 4 to 18 Is more preferable, an alkynyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, still more preferably 4 to 18), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 22, and more preferably 6 to 18) To 10 are more preferable).
- the alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be cyclic or linear, and in the case of chain, they may be linear or branched.
- a linking group Lh containing a hetero atom may be present in the middle of the group or in the linkage with the mother nucleus.
- n Y represents an integer of 1 to 12, an integer of 1 to 6 is more preferable, and an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable.
- n X represents an integer of 1 to 12, preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Two or more of R Y2 to R Y6 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
- R Y7 to R Y16 are groups having the same meaning as R N.
- each of R Y7 and R Y8 is a carboxyalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 12) , 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is further preferable).
- R Y9 is preferably an aromatic group, and is preferably an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
- an alkoxycarbonyl group substituted with an aromatic group is preferable (the alkoxyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3), and the aromatic group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms , 6 to 18 are more preferable, and 6 to 14 are further preferable).
- R Y11 and R Y13 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- R Y13 is preferably a hydrogen atom
- R Y10 , R Y11 , R Y12 and R Y16 are each an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, It is preferable that ⁇ 3 is more preferable.
- a R Y11 and R Y16, R Y10 and R Y12 are bonded to form a ring bicyclo compound.
- diazabicyclononene and diazabicycloundecene can be mentioned.
- the carboxylate anion paired with the quaternary ammonium cation of the above formulas (Y1-1), (Y1-3) and (Y1-4) is represented by the following formula (X1) Is preferred.
- EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.
- the electron-withdrawing group means one having a positive value of Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ m.
- ⁇ m is a Y. Tono review, Journal of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) p. 631-642.
- the electron withdrawing group in this embodiment is not limited to the substituent described in the said literature.
- Me represents a methyl group
- Ac represents an acetyl group
- Ph represents a phenyl group (the same applies hereinafter).
- EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
- R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and 1 to 3). Further preferred is an alkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 3), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 22, preferably 6 to 18). 10 is more preferable), a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group.
- Ar represents an aromatic group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
- R x1 to R x3 are an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group, they may form a ring, and when forming a ring, the above linking group L in the middle or a linking group Lh having the above hetero atom May be interposed.
- the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group and Ar may have a substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- Ar particularly preferably has a carboxyl group (preferably 1 to 3). * Represents a bonding position.
- Np represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
- the molecular weight of the thermosetting accelerator in the present invention is preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, more preferably 200 to 1000.
- Specific examples of the thermosetting accelerator in the present invention include, in addition to the compounds used in the examples described later, an acidic compound which generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or more described in WO 2015/199219 and a pKa 1 of 0-4.
- Examples are ammonium salts having an anion and an ammonium cation, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the content of the heat curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
- the lower limit is more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more. 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
- the heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
- the composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not contain a thermosetting accelerator substantially. Substantially free means less than 0.01% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.005% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, for example, sensitizing dyes, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, as needed, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a curing agent, a curing catalyst, a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an aggregation inhibitor, etc. can be blended.
- the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator.
- the thermal acid generator generates an acid upon heating, promotes cyclization of the polymer precursor and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film.
- Examples of the thermal acid generator include compounds described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742.
- 0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors, and, as for content of a thermal acid generator, 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable.
- the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film.
- the thermal acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye.
- the sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state.
- the sensitizing dye in the electronically excited state is brought into contact with a heat curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator and the like to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation and the like.
- the heat curing accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photo radical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to form a radical, an acid or a base.
- the details of the sensitizing dye can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the content of the sensitizing dye is 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the content is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
- the sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
- Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary Third Edition (edited by the Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pp. 683-684.
- As a chain transfer agent for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to form a radical or be oxidized and then deprotonated to form a radical.
- thiol compounds for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.
- 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc. can be preferably used.
- the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention
- the amount is preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass.
- the chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
- surfactant Each kind of surfactant may be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property.
- surfactant various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferred.
- the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably present, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
- the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is added with a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, and the surface of the composition in the process of drying after coating It may be unevenly distributed.
- a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide
- the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Is preferred.
- the higher fatty acid derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
- the water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and still more preferably less than 0.6% by mass.
- the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by weight (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 ppm by weight, and still more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by weight.
- the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
- a raw material having a small metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. Less than ppm is more preferred. Among them, those less than 5 mass ppm are preferable, those less than 1 mass ppm are more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable.
- the halogen atom includes a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the sum total of a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, or a chloride ion and a bromide ion is respectively in the above range.
- a conventionally known storage container can be used as a storage container of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the inner wall of the container is made of a multilayer bottle consisting of 6 kinds of resin and 6 layers of resin, and 6 kinds of resin with 7 layers structure It is also preferred to use a bottle which has been As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
- the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
- the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be carried out by a conventionally known method.
- the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
- the filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
- filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination.
- various materials may be filtered multiple times.
- circulation filtration may be used.
- you may pressurize and filter.
- the pressure applied is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
- removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be performed.
- Filter filtration may be combined with impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent.
- a known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
- the cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
- the film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and can be 1 ⁇ m or more. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.
- the cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further three to seven layers to form a laminate.
- the embodiment having a metal layer between the cured films is preferable for the laminate having two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention.
- Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
- the insulating film of a semiconductor device As an applicable field
- forming a pattern by etching a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover lay of a flexible printed substrate, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting application as described above may be mentioned.
- the cured film according to the invention can also be used for the production of printing plates, such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for use in the etching of molded parts, for the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular in microelectronics.
- printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates
- protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics in particular in microelectronics.
- the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Specifically, a film forming step (layer forming step to form a layer) in which a film is formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a substrate and a photosensitive resin composition formed into a layer at 80 to 450 ° C. And a heating step of heating.
- the method for producing a cured film includes an exposure step of exposing the film after the film formation step (layer formation step) and a photosensitive resin composition layer (film, ie, resin layer) exposed as described above.
- there is a manufacturing method including a development processing step of performing development processing.
- the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating (preferably heating at 80 to 450 ° C.).
- heating preferably heating at 80 to 450 ° C.
- the composition is previously cured by exposure, and thereafter, if necessary, desired processing (for example, the following lamination) is performed, and curing is further performed by heating. be able to.
- the method for producing a laminate of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention.
- the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step of the photosensitive resin composition are further repeated.
- a laminate can be obtained.
- the manufacturing method includes a film forming step (layer forming step) of applying a photosensitive resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layered).
- the type of substrate can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but a semiconductor production substrate such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, vapor deposited film, magnetic film
- a reflection film a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, or Fe, paper, an SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), or the like.
- a semiconductor production substrate is preferable, and a silicon substrate is more preferable.
- the resin layer or the metal layer is the substrate.
- coating is preferable. Specifically, as means for application, dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, wire bar coating method, gravure coating method, extrusion coating method, spray coating method, spin coating method, slit coating method, And an inkjet method. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet are more preferable.
- a resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions appropriately according to the method.
- the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating method, spray coating method, ink jet method etc. are preferable, and if it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating method, spray coating method, ink jet The law is preferred.
- the spin coating method for example, it can be applied at a rotational speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a step of drying to remove the solvent after the film forming step (layer forming step) after forming the photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C.
- the drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 to 7 minutes.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the amount of exposure is not particularly limited as long as the photosensitive resin composition can be cured, but for example, irradiation of 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and irradiation of 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 Is more preferred.
- the exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
- the exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (365 nm wavelength), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength: 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength: 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, etc. may be mentioned.
- exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is preferable, and in particular, exposure with i-line is preferable. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of performing development treatment on the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the development method is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and, for example, development methods such as paddle, spray, immersion, and ultrasonic waves can be employed.
- Development is performed using a developer.
- the developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed area (non-exposed area) is removed.
- the developer preferably contains an organic solvent, and more preferably the developer contains 90% or more of the organic solvent.
- the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of ⁇ 1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3.
- the ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
- the organic solvent is, for example, esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone ⁇ -caprolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxy acetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 3-alkyloxy
- ketones for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like
- dimethyl sulfoxide are preferably mentioned as sulfoxides.
- cyclopentanone and ⁇ -butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
- the developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, 100% by mass of the developer may be an organic solvent.
- the development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly limited, but it can usually be carried out at 20 to 40.degree.
- rinsing may be further performed.
- the rinse is preferably performed with a solvent different from the developer. For example, it can rinse using the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition.
- the rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
- the manufacturing method of this invention includes the process of heating after a film formation process (layer formation process), a drying process, or a image development process.
- the heating step the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor proceeds.
- the composition of the present invention may contain a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor, curing of the radically polymerizable compound other than the unreacted polymer precursor can be advanced in this step.
- the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 to 500 ° C., more preferably 80 to 450 ° C., still more preferably 140 to 350 ° C., still more preferably 160 to 250 ° C., 170 to 220 ° C.
- the heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min.
- the temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C.
- the temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started.
- the temperature is the temperature of the film (layer) after the drying, for example, 30% of the boiling point of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature as low as ⁇ 200 ° C.
- the heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and still more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
- the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., and more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between the layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but at this temperature, it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the polymer precursor between layers proceed with the crosslinking reaction.
- the heating may be performed stepwise. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min, held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes And the like may be performed.
- the heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and still more preferably 120 to 185 ° C.
- the pretreatment step may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
- the pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps, for example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C. Furthermore, it may be cooled after heating, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
- the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, argon or the like from the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of the polymer precursor.
- the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
- the production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer after development processing.
- a metal layer existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, copper and aluminum are more preferable, copper is more preferable. More preferable.
- the formation method of a metal layer does not have a limitation in particular, The existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used.
- the thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m, and more preferably 1 to 10 ⁇ m at the thickest part.
- the production method of the present invention preferably further includes a lamination step.
- the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step, or the film forming step (layer forming) on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer is again performed.
- Step) the exposure step, and the development step are a series of steps including performing in the above order.
- the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like.
- the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. Plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
- the lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, and more preferably 3 to 5 times.
- a configuration having three or more and seven or less resin layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and three or more and five or less layers are more preferable. That is, in the present invention, in particular, after the metal layer is provided, the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step of the photosensitive resin composition, or the photosensitive resin composition so as to cover the metal layer. It is preferable to perform the said film formation process (layer formation process), the said exposure process, and the said development treatment process (if necessary further heating process) in this order.
- the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
- the present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention.
- a semiconductor device using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. And their contents are incorporated herein.
- Synthesis Example 1 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and benzyl alcohol (A-1: polyimide precursor having no radically polymerizable group)] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) and 14.22 g (131.58 mmol) of benzyl alcohol are suspended in 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone , Dried over molecular sieves. The suspension was heated to 100 ° C. for 3 hours. A few minutes after heating a clear solution was obtained.
- the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10.degree. C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes, keeping the temperature at -10. +-. 4.degree. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl 2 . After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
- Synthesis Example 2 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (A-2: polyimide precursor having a radically polymerizable group)] 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone and 20 4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diglyceme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C.
- Synthesis Example 3 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (A-3: polyimide precursor having a radically polymerizable group)] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone Mix together with 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diglyme and stir at a temperature of 60 ° C.
- Synthesis Example 5 [Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor (A-5) from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride] To 100 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 13.92 g of 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane was added and dissolved with stirring. Subsequently, while the temperature was kept at 0-5 ° C., 11.21 g of 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and then stirring was continued for 60 minutes.
- the polybenzoxazole precursor was then precipitated in 6 liters of water and the water-polybenzoxazole precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes.
- the polybenzoxazole precursor was filtered off, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again.
- the resulting polybenzoxazole precursor was then dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure.
- the weight average molecular weight of this polybenzoxazole precursor was 15,000. A-5
- Synthesis Example 6 [Synthesis of Comparative Polymer (RA-1)] 27.0 g (153.2 mmol) of benzyl methacrylate, 20 g (157.3 mmol) of N-isopropylmethacrylamide, 39 g (309.2 mmol) of allyl methacrylate, 13 g (151.0 mmol) of methacrylic acid, 3.55 g (15.4 mmol) of a polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol were mixed. The mixture was dropped into 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol heated to 75 ° C. under nitrogen atmosphere over 2 hours.
- V-601 polymerization initiator
- C Radical polymerization initiator
- C-1 IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
- C-2 IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
- C-3 IRGACURE 369 (manufactured by BASF)
- H Hardening accelerator (base generator)
- H-1 photo-curing accelerator (photo base generator) The following compounds
- Each photosensitive resin composition after the said filtration was applied in layers by a spin coat method on a silicon wafer to form a photosensitive resin composition layer.
- the silicon wafer to which the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform photosensitive resin composition layer with a thickness of 20 ⁇ m on the silicon wafer.
- the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) exposed on an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) is exposed to a nitrogen atmosphere in the photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer.
- the temperature was raised at a rate of 10 ° C./min, and after reaching 250 ° C., this temperature was maintained for 3 hours.
- the resin layer after curing was immersed in a 4.9% hydrofluoric acid solution, and the resin layer was peeled off from the silicon wafer to obtain a resin film 1.
- Exposure is with i-line and using line and space photomasks from 5 ⁇ m to 25 ⁇ m in 1 ⁇ m steps at each exposure energy of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 mJ / cm 2 at 365 nm wavelength Then, exposure was performed to obtain a resin layer.
- the resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds.
- the measurement limit is 5 ⁇ m. A: 5 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m B: 8 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m C: 10 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m D: 15 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m E: 20 ⁇ m to F A pattern with a line width with edge acuity could not be obtained
- Example 100 Photosensitive resin composition (1) was applied by pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 1.0 ⁇ m, and then applied by spinning (3500 rpm, 30 seconds) to the surface of the resin substrate on which a copper thin layer was formed. .
- the photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes and then exposed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon, NSR1505i6). The exposure was performed through a mask at a wavelength of 365 nm and an exposure of 200 mJ / cm 2 . After exposure, it was baked, developed for 30 seconds with cyclopentanone and rinsed for 20 seconds with PGMEA to obtain a pattern. Next, the resultant was heated at 230 ° C. for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. The interlayer insulation film for the redistribution layer was excellent in insulation.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
- Formation Of Insulating Films (AREA)
- Structures Or Materials For Encapsulating Or Coating Semiconductor Devices Or Solid State Devices (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、半導体デバイスに関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor device.
ポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂などの環化して硬化した樹脂は、耐熱性および絶縁性に優れるため、様々な用途に適用されている(例えば、非特許文献1、2参照)。その用途は特に限定されないが、実装用の半導体デバイスを例に挙げると、絶縁膜や封止材の材料、あるいはその保護膜としての利用が挙げられる。また、フレキシブル基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイなどとしても用いられている。
上記のポリイミド樹脂等は、一般に、溶剤への溶解性が低い。そのため、環化反応前のポリマー前駆体、具体的には、ポリイミド前駆体やポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の状態で溶剤に溶解する方法がよく用いられる。これにより、優れた取り扱い性を実現することができ、上述のような各製品を製造する際に基板などに多様な形態で塗布して加工することができる。その後、加熱してポリマー前駆体を環化し、硬化した製品を形成することができる。ポリイミド樹脂等がもつ高い性能に加え、このような製造上の適応性に優れる観点から、その産業上の応用展開がますます期待されている。
A cyclized and cured resin such as a polyimide resin or a polybenzoxazole resin is applied to various uses because it is excellent in heat resistance and insulation (see, for example, Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2). Although the application is not particularly limited, when the semiconductor device for mounting is taken as an example, the material of an insulating film or a sealing material or its use as a protective film can be mentioned. In addition, it is also used as a base film or a cover lay of a flexible substrate.
The above-mentioned polyimide resins and the like generally have low solubility in solvents. Therefore, a method of dissolving in a solvent in the form of a polymer precursor before the cyclization reaction, specifically, a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, is often used. As a result, excellent handleability can be realized, and when manufacturing the products as described above, it can be applied and processed in various forms on a substrate or the like. Thereafter, it can be heated to cyclize the polymer precursor to form a cured product. In addition to the high performance of polyimide resins and the like, from the viewpoint of being excellent in the adaptability in manufacturing, the industrial application development is expected more and more.
ポリイミドを層間絶縁膜の保護膜として適用することが試みられている(特許文献1)。この技術では、ポリイミド前駆体と、2,4,6-トリメチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホナートとを含有する樹脂組成物を用いる。これにより、室温での粘度変化の少ない樹脂組成物を提供することができると記載されている。特許文献2の技術は、ポリイミド前駆体と、活性光線照射によってラジカルを発生する化合物と、エチレンオキシド基を有する特定の化合物と、溶剤とを含有する樹脂組成物を採用する。これにより、良好な感光特性を有し且つ低い最終硬化温度で硬化膜を形成でき、硬化膜の重量減少温度が高い樹脂組成物を提供することができると記載されている。 It has been attempted to apply polyimide as a protective film of an interlayer insulating film (Patent Document 1). In this technique, a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate is used. It is described that this can provide a resin composition with little viscosity change at room temperature. The technology of Patent Document 2 employs a resin composition containing a polyimide precursor, a compound that generates a radical upon irradiation with an actinic ray, a specific compound having an ethylene oxide group, and a solvent. By this, it is described that it is possible to provide a resin composition which has good photosensitivity characteristics, can form a cured film at a low final curing temperature, and has a high weight reduction temperature of the cured film.
ポリマー前駆体は上記のように加熱により硬化させることができる。しかし、その特性がゆえに、保存時の硬化が進みやすく樹脂の安定性を欠くことがある。他方、硬化を防ぐために組成物において前駆体の環化を抑制する処方をとると、逆に硬化性が劣ることとなり製膜時の要求特性を満たせないことがある。
そこで本発明は、十分な硬化性を維持しつつ良好な保存安定性を実現できる感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、および半導体デバイスの提供を目的とする。
The polymer precursor can be cured by heating as described above. However, because of their properties, curing during storage may easily proceed and the stability of the resin may be lost. On the other hand, if the composition is formulated to suppress the cyclization of the precursor in order to prevent curing, conversely, the curability may be poor and the required properties at the time of film formation may not be satisfied.
Therefore, the present invention provides a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor device, which can realize good storage stability while maintaining sufficient curability. With the goal.
上記課題のもと、本発明者が検討を行った結果、ポリマー前駆体に対し、加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物(以下、これを「酸消失剤」ということがある)を組み合わせて用いることで保存安定性が高まり、一方で硬化処理時には硬化性を阻害せず十分な性能を維持することができた。これにより上記課題を解決しうることを見出し本発明を完成するに至った。具体的には、下記の手段により、上記課題は解決された。 Based on the above problems, as a result of investigations by the present inventor, using a polymer precursor in combination with a compound whose acidity decreases when heated (hereinafter, this may be referred to as “acid eliminator”) On the other hand, at the time of curing treatment, sufficient performance could be maintained without inhibiting the curability. As a result, it is found that the above problems can be solved, and the present invention has been completed. Specifically, the above problems are solved by the following means.
<1>ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体および加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物を含む、感光性樹脂組成物。
<2>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物が式A1~A3のいずれかで表される化合物である、<1>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
(X)m-LA-(Y)n・・・・式A1
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Yは-OH、-COOH、または-NH(RN)を表し、RNは水素原子または有機基であり、mは1~4の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表す;
(X)m-LA-(Q)n・・・・式A2
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Qは加熱により塩基成分を放出する基を表す;
Z-(LC-COOH)nz・・・・式A3
式中、Zはnz価の有機基を表し、LCは、*1-(C=O)C(Ra)2-*2、-CH(Rb)-、または-C(Rb)2-を表し、Raは水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、Rbはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、*1がZ側の結合位置、*2がCOOH側の結合位置を表し、nzは1~4の整数である。
<3>式A1において、Xが-SO3Hである、<2>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<4>式A1において、LAは、XとQを連結する原子数が3以上6以下の連結基である、<2>または<3>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<5>式A1中のmとnの関係がm≦nである、<2>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<6>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物の含有量が感光性樹脂組成物中、0.01質量%以上10.0質量%以下である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<7>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物が、400℃で加熱することにより酸性度が低下する化合物である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<8>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物のpKaが-5.0以上2.0以下である、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<9>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物は、加熱前後でのpKaの差が8.0以上である、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<10>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物が加熱により酸基が分子内脱水縮合を生じる化合物である、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<11>上記加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物の分子量が80以上1000以下である、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<12>さらに、ラジカル重合開始剤およびラジカル重合性化合物を含む、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<13>上記ポリマー前駆体がポリイミド前駆体を含む、<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<14>上記ポリイミド前駆体が下記式(1)で表される構成単位を有する、<13>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
<15>上記式(1)におけるR113およびR114の少なくとも一方がラジカル重合性基を含む、<14>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<16>上記式(1)におけるR115が芳香環を含む基である、<14>または<15>に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<17>上記式(1)におけるR111が-Ar0-L0-Ar0-で表される、<14>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
Ar0はそれぞれ独立に芳香族基を表し、L0は、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基を表す。
<18>上記式(1)におけるR111が下記式(51)または式(61)で表される、<14>~<17>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物;
<19>有機溶剤を90%以上含む現像液を用いた現像に供せられる、<1>~<18>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<20>再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いられる、<1>~<19>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
<21><1>~<20>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる硬化膜。
<22>膜厚1~30μmである、<21>に記載の硬化膜。
<23><21>または<22>に記載の硬化膜を2層以上有する、積層体。
<24><21>または<22>に記載の硬化膜を3~7層有する、積層体。
<25>上記硬化膜の間に金属層を有する、<23>または<24>に記載の積層体。
<26><1>~<20>のいずれか1つに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程を含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
<27>上記膜を露光する露光工程および上記膜を現像する現像工程を有する、<26>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<28>上記現像に用いられる現像液が有機溶剤を90%以上含む、<27>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<29>上記膜を80~450℃で加熱する工程を含む、<26>~<28>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<30><26>~<29>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化膜の製造方法を複数回行なう、積層体の製造方法。
<31><21>もしくは<22>に記載の硬化膜または<23>~<25>のいずれか1つに記載の積層体を有する、半導体デバイス。
The photosensitive resin composition containing the polymer precursor selected from a <1> polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and the compound to which acidity will fall when heated.
<2> The photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound represented by any one of formulas A1 to A3;
(X) m- L A- (Y) n ··· Formula A1
Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Y represents -OH, -COOH or -NH an (R N), , R N is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, m is an integer of 1 to 4 and n is an integer of 1 to 4;
(X) m- L A- (Q) n ··· Formula A2
Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Q is a group which releases a basic component by heating;
Z- (L C -COOH) nz ··· Formula A3
In the formula, Z represents an nz-valent organic group, and L C is * 1- (C = O) C (R a ) 2- * 2 , -CH (R b )-, or -C (R b ) 2- represents, R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, R b represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, * 1 represents Z The bonding position on the side, * 2 represents the bonding position on the COOH side, and nz is an integer of 1 to 4.
In <3> formula A1, X is -SO 3 H, a photosensitive resin composition according to <2>.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in <2> or <3> whose L <A> is a connecting group whose number of atoms which connects X and Q is 3 or more and 6 or less in <4> Formula A1.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <2>-<4> whose relationship of m and n in <5> Formula A1 is m <= n.
<6> Any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the content of the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is 0.01% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less in the photosensitive resin composition The photosensitive resin composition as described in-.
<7> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound whose acidity decreases when heated at 400 ° C. .
The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1>-<7> whose pKa of the compound whose acidity falls when said <8> said heating is -5.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
<9> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated has a difference in pKa of 8.0 or more before and after heating.
<10> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases when heated is a compound whose acid group causes intramolecular dehydration condensation when heated.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1>-<10> whose molecular weight of the compound in which the acidity falls by said <11> heating is 80-1000.
<12> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, further comprising a radical polymerization initiator and a radically polymerizable compound.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1>-<12> in which the <13> above-mentioned polymer precursor contains a polyimide precursor.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in <13> in which the <14> above-mentioned polyimide precursor has a structural unit represented by following formula (1);
<15> At least one of R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1) contains a radical polymerizable group, the photosensitive resin composition according to <14>.
The photosensitive resin composition as described in <14> or <15> which is group which R < 115 > in <16> said Formula (1) contains an aromatic ring.
<17> R 111 in the formula (1) is -Ar 0 -L 0 -Ar 0 - represented by <14> ~ photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <16>;
Ar 0 each independently represents an aromatic group, and L 0 is a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O) -, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination of these.
<18> R 111 in the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61), <14> ~ photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <17>;
<19> The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <18>, which is used for development using a developer containing 90% or more of an organic solvent.
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <19>, which is used for the formation of an interlayer insulating film for a <20> redistribution layer.
<21> A cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <20>.
<22> The cured film according to <21>, which has a film thickness of 1 to 30 μm.
The laminated body which has a cured film as described in <23><21> or <22> two or more layers.
A laminate comprising 3 to 7 layers of the cured film according to <24><21> or <22>.
The laminated body as described in <23> or <24> which has a metal layer between <25> above-mentioned cured films.
<26> A method for producing a cured film, comprising a film forming step of forming a film by applying the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <20> to a substrate.
The manufacturing method of the cured film as described in <26> which has an exposure process of exposing the said film | membrane, and the image development process which develops the said film | membrane.
<28> The method for producing a cured film according to <27>, wherein the developer used for the development contains 90% or more of an organic solvent.
<29> The method for producing a cured film according to any one of <26> to <28>, comprising the step of heating the film at 80 to 450 ° C.
The manufacturing method of the laminated body which performs the manufacturing method of the cured film as described in any one of <30><26>-<29> in multiple times.
The semiconductor device which has a cured film as described in <31><21> or <22>, or the laminated body as described in any one of <23>-<25>.
本発明により、十分な硬化性を維持しつつ良好な保存安定性を実現できる感光性樹脂組成物、感光性樹脂、硬化膜、積層体、硬化膜の製造方法、積層体の製造方法、および半導体デバイスを提供することができる。 A photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive resin, a cured film, a laminate, a method of producing a cured film, a method of producing a laminate, and a semiconductor according to the present invention which can realize good storage stability while maintaining sufficient curability. Device can be provided.
以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。なお、本明細書において「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, “to” is used in the meaning including the numerical values described before and after it as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施形態に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施形態に限定されるものではない。
本明細書における基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、一般的に、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の双方、または、いずれかを表す。
本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
本明細書において、固形分とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量百分率である。また、固形分濃度は、特に述べない限り25℃における濃度をいう。
本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィ(GPC測定)に従い、ポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000およびTSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。溶離液は特に述べない限り、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、検出は特に述べない限り、UV線(紫外線)の波長254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
The descriptions of components in the present invention described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, the notations not describing substitution and non-substitution include those having no substituent and those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present specification, “exposure” includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Further, as light used for exposure, generally, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), actinic rays such as X-rays, electron beams and the like can be mentioned.
In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" represents both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", and "(meth) acrylic" is both "acrylic" and "methacrylic" or "(Meth) acryloyl" represents either or both of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in the term if the intended function of the process is achieved, even if it can not be clearly distinguished from other processes, not only the independent process. .
In the present specification, the solid content is a mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition. Moreover, solid content concentration means the density | concentration in 25 degreeC unless it mentions specially.
In the present specification, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene equivalent values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) unless otherwise stated. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.), guard column HZ-L as a column, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.). Eluents are to be determined using THF (tetrahydrofuran) unless otherwise stated. Moreover, a detection shall use the wavelength 254 nm detector of a UV ray (ultraviolet light), unless it mentions specially.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物(以下、単に、「本発明の組成物」または「本発明の樹脂組成物」ということがある)は、ポリマー前駆体および加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物(以下、「酸消失剤」ということがある)を含むことを特徴とする。これにより、上記のとおり、十分な硬化性を維持し良好な保存安定性を実現することができる。このような格別の効果が得られた理由は不明であるが、以下のとおりに推定できる。すなわち酸消失剤は室温では酸性化合物として振る舞い、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応を阻害しうるものと考えられる。他方、酸消失剤は所定温度まで加熱されると分子内で反応等することによって、酸基が消失し、閉環反応の阻害となることがない。このため、加熱硬化時には環化を阻害せず樹脂の十分な硬化性を維持することができる。このような機序により、硬化時の硬化性を十分に維持しつつ、保存時の良好な安定性を実現できたものと推定される。以下、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物についてその成分組成を中心に好ましい実施形態について説明する。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "the composition of the present invention" or "the resin composition of the present invention") is a polymer precursor and a compound whose acidity decreases when heated (the following , “Acid eliminator” may be included. Thus, as described above, sufficient curability can be maintained and good storage stability can be realized. The reason why such special effects were obtained is unknown, but can be estimated as follows. That is, it is considered that the acid scavenger acts as an acidic compound at room temperature and can inhibit the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor. On the other hand, when the acid extinguishing agent is heated to a predetermined temperature, the acid group is eliminated by reacting in the molecule or the like, and the ring closure reaction is not inhibited. For this reason, at the time of heat curing, sufficient curability of the resin can be maintained without inhibiting cyclization. By such a mechanism, it is presumed that good stability during storage can be realized while sufficiently maintaining the curability during curing. Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention will be described focusing on its component composition.
<ポリマー前駆体>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体およびポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体から選択されるポリマー前駆体を含む。ポリマー前駆体としては、ポリイミド前駆体がより好ましく、下記式(1)で表される構成単位を含むポリイミド前駆体であることがさらに好ましい。
<Polymer precursor>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises a polymer precursor selected from a polyimide precursor and a polybenzoxazole precursor. As a polymer precursor, a polyimide precursor is more preferable, and it is further more preferable that it is a polyimide precursor containing the structural unit represented by following formula (1).
<<ポリイミド前駆体>>
ポリイミド前駆体としては下記式(1)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。このような構成とすることにより、より膜強度に優れた組成物が得られる。
The polyimide precursor preferably contains a constituent unit represented by the following formula (1). With such a configuration, a composition having more excellent film strength can be obtained.
A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子またはNHであり、酸素原子が好ましい。 A 1 and A 2 are each independently an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom.
<<<R111>>>
R111は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基、および芳香族基、複素芳香族基、またはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基がより好ましい。
R111は、ジアミンから誘導されることが好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の製造に用いられるジアミンとしては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族、環状の脂肪族または芳香族ジアミンなどが挙げられる。ジアミンは、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。
具体的には、ジアミンは、炭素数2~20の直鎖脂肪族基、炭素数3~20の分岐または環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基を含むものであることが好ましく、炭素数6~20の芳香族基を含むジアミンであることがより好ましい。芳香族基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。
<<< R 111 >>>
R 111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group consisting of an aromatic group, a heteroaromatic group, or a combination thereof, and having 2 to 20 carbon atoms A linear aliphatic group, a branched aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof Preferably, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred.
R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. As a diamine used for manufacture of a polyimide precursor, linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamine etc. are mentioned. The diamine may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Specifically, the diamine is a linear aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched or cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof It is preferable to be one containing the following group, and more preferable to be a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The following is mentioned as an example of an aromatic group.
式中、Aは、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-および-SO2-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH2-、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-C(CF3)2-、および、-C(CH3)2-からなる群から選択される2価の基であることがさらに好ましい。 In the formula, A represents a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S- or -S. (= O) 2 —, —NHCO— and a group selected from these combinations are preferable, and a single bond, an alkylene group of 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O— , -C (= O) -, - more preferably a group selected from, -CH 2 - - S- and -SO 2, - O -, - S -, - SO 2 -, - C ( More preferably, it is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of CF 3 ) 2- and -C (CH 3 ) 2- .
ジアミンとしては、具体的には、1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタンおよび1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-または1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタンおよびイソホロンジアミン;メタおよびパラフェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル(4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル)、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2-(3’,5’-ジアミノベンゾイルオキシ)エチルメタクリレート、2,4-および2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-パラフェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-メタフェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、パラビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリジンおよび4,4’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミンが挙げられる。 As the diamine, specifically, 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1 2,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4- Aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3-aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; meta and para phenylene diamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3 , 3'-Diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl agent 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4 ' -And 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (4,4'-diamino-2,2 '-Dimethylbiphenyl), 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2 , 2-Bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis 3-Amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino-3) -Hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4'-diaminoparaterphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3) -Aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3, 3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) ben Zen, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl- 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) Phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether , 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9 9'-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2 -(3 ', 5'-diaminobenzoyloxy) ethyl methacrylate, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-paraphenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl -Paraphenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-metaphenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis (4 -Aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene Diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) Phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5 -Bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, parabis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethyl) Phenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenyl sulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-3) -Trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) A) selected from biphenyl, 2,2 ', 5,5', 6,6'-hexafluorotrizine and 4,4'-diaminoquaterphenyl At least one diamine that.
また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)も好ましい。 Further, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below are also preferable.
また、少なくとも2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンも好ましい例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれか一方または両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミンである。具体例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名、HUNTSMAN社製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミンなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-600、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-900、ジェファーミン(登録商標)ED-2003、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-148、ジェファーミン(登録商標)EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。
Moreover, the diamine which has an at least 2 or more alkylene glycol unit in a principal chain is also mentioned as a preferable example. Preferred are diamines containing two or more ethylene glycol chains and / or propylene glycol chains together in one molecule, more preferably diamines not containing an aromatic ring. As a specific example, Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ) EDR-148, Jeffamine (registered trademark) EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN), 1- (2- (2- (2 (2) -Aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propan-2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine and the like, but it is limited thereto I will not.
Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-600, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-900, Jeffamine (registered trademark) ED-2003, Jeffamine (registered trademark) EDR-148, The structure of Jeffamine.RTM. EDR-176 is shown below.
上記において、x、y、zは平均値である。 In the above, x, y and z are average values.
R111は、得られる硬化膜の柔軟性の観点から、-Ar0-L0-Ar0-で表されることが好ましい。但し、Ar0は、それぞれ独立に、芳香族炭化水素基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)であり、フェニレン基が好ましい。L0は、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基を表す。好ましい範囲は、上述のAと同義である。 R 111 is preferably represented by —Ar 0 -L 0 -Ar 0 — from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the resulting cured film. However, Ar 0 is each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), and is preferably a phenylene group. L 0 is a single bond, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O)-, -S- or -S (= O) 2- , -NHCO-, and a group selected from these combinations. The preferred range is the same as A described above.
R111は、i線透過率の観点から下記式(51)または式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることが好ましい。特に、i線透過率、入手のし易さの観点から式(61)で表される2価の有機基であることがより好ましい。
R50~R57の1価の有機基として、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)の無置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~10(好ましくは炭素数1~6)のフッ化アルキル基等が挙げられる。
式(51)または(61)の構造を与えるジアミン化合物としては、ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(フルオロ)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル等が挙げられる。これらの1種を用いるか、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61) from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance. In particular, the divalent organic group represented by the formula (61) is more preferable from the viewpoint of i ray transmittance and availability.
As the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57, a C 1 to C 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) unsubstituted alkyl group, a C 1 to 10 (preferably C 1 to 6) fluorine group And alkylated alkyl groups.
As a diamine compound giving the structure of the formula (51) or (61), dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2 ' Examples include '-bis (fluoro) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl and the like. One of these may be used, or two or more of these may be used in combination.
<<<R115>>>
式(1)におけるR115は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、芳香環を含む基であることが好ましく、下記式(5)または式(6)で表される基がより好ましい。
R 115 in Formula (1) represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group is preferably a group containing an aromatic ring, and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6).
式(1)におけるR115が表す4価の有機基は、具体的には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基を除去した後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、下記式(7)で表される化合物が好ましい。
テトラカルボン酸二無水物の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ならびに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキル誘導体および炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種が例示される。 Specific examples of tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride include pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4 4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl sulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-Diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) Propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrene tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1, -Bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride And at least one selected from these alkyl derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)も好ましい例として挙げられる。
<<<R113およびR114>>>
式(1)におけるR113およびR114は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。R113およびR114の少なくとも一方がラジカル重合性基を含むことが好ましく、両方がラジカル重合性基を含むことがより好ましい。ラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカルの作用により、架橋反応することが可能な基であって、好ましい例として、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。
エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
<<<< R 113 and R 114 >>>
R 113 and R 114 in the formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a radically polymerizable group, and it is more preferable that both contain a radically polymerizable group. The radically polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of a radical, and a preferred example is a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III).
式(III)において、R200は、水素原子またはメチル基を表し、メチル基がより好ましい。
式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-または炭素数4~30の(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(アルキレン基としては炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい;繰り返し数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)を表す。なお、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基とは、オキシアルキレン基またはポリオキシアルキレン基を意味する。
好適なR201の例は、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、1,2-ブタンジイル基、1,3-ブタンジイル基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-が挙げられ、エチレン基、プロピレン基、トリメチレン基、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-がより好ましい。
特に好ましくは、R200がメチル基で、R201がエチレン基である。
In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a methyl group being more preferred.
In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a (poly) oxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms (as an alkylene group, 1 carbon atom Preferred is 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. The repeat number is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. Here, the (poly) oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
Examples of suitable R 201 are ethylene group, propylene group, trimethylene group, tetramethylene group, 1,2-butanediyl group, 1,3-butanediyl group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, octamethylene group, dodecamethylene group And —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is a methyl group and R 201 is an ethylene group.
本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の好ましい実施形態として、R113またはR114の1価の有機基として、1、2または3つの、好ましくは1つの酸基を有する、脂肪族基、芳香族基およびアリールアルキル基などが挙げられる。具体的には、酸基を有する炭素数6~20の芳香族基、酸基を有する炭素数7~25のアラルキル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、酸基を有するフェニル基および酸基を有するベンジル基が挙げられる。酸基は、ヒドロキシル基が好ましい。すなわち、R113またはR114はヒドロキシル基を有する基であることが好ましい。
R113またはR114が表す1価の有機基としては、現像液の溶解度を向上させる置換基が好ましく用いられる。
R113またはR114が、水素原子、2-ヒドロキシベンジル、3-ヒドロキシベンジルおよび4-ヒドロキシベンジルであることが、水性現像液に対する溶解性の点からは、より好ましい。
As a preferred embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group and an aryl having one, two or three, preferably one acid group as a monovalent organic group of R 113 or R 114 An alkyl group etc. are mentioned. Specific examples thereof include an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group can be mentioned. The acid group is preferably a hydroxyl group. That is, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a group having a hydroxyl group.
As the monovalent organic group represented by R 113 or R 114, a substituent that improves the solubility of the developer is preferably used.
It is more preferable that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
有機溶剤への溶解度の観点からは、R113またはR114は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。1価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐のアルキル基、環状アルキル基、芳香族基を含むことが好ましく、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基がより好ましい。
アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましい(環状の場合は3以上)。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。直鎖または分岐のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクタデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。環状のアルキル基は、単環の環状のアルキル基であってもよく、多環の環状のアルキル基であってもよい。単環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環の環状のアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基およびピネニル基が挙げられる。中でも、高感度化との両立の観点から、シクロヘキシル基が最も好ましい。また、芳香族基で置換されたアルキル基としては、後述する芳香族基で置換された直鎖アルキル基が好ましい。
芳香族基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インダセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフテン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環またはフェナジン環である。ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。(以下、芳香族基Aroと称する)
From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably contains a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group.
The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30 (in the case of cyclic, 3 or more). The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. As a linear or branched alkyl group, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, dodecyl group, tetradecyl group, octadecyl group And isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl and 2-ethylhexyl groups. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic alkyl group include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group and cyclooctyl group. As the polycyclic cyclic alkyl group, for example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, bornyl group, camphenyl group, decahydronaphthyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, camphoroyl group, dicyclohexyl group and pinenyl group Can be mentioned. Among them, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable in terms of coexistence with high sensitivity. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group, the linear alkyl group substituted by the aromatic group mentioned later is preferable.
Specific examples of the aromatic group include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indacene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene Ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring , Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolizine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, Nantororin ring, a thianthrene ring, a chromene ring, a xanthene ring, a phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring or a phenazine ring. The benzene ring is most preferred. (Hereinafter referred to as aromatic group Aro)
また、ポリイミド前駆体は、構成単位中にフッ素原子を有することも好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。上限は特にないが50質量%以下が実際的である。 Moreover, it is also preferable that a polyimide precursor has a fluorine atom in a structural unit. 10 mass% or more is preferable, and, as for the fluorine atom content in a polyimide precursor, 20 mass% or less is more preferable. There is no particular upper limit, but 50% by mass or less is practical.
また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、シロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基を式(1)で表される構成単位に共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(パラアミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 In addition, in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure may be copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the formula (1). Specifically, as the diamine component, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, bis (paraaminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane and the like can be mentioned.
式(1)で表される構成単位は、式(1-A)で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
A11、A12、R111、R113およびR114は、それぞれ、独立に、式(1)におけるA1、A2、R111、R113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
R112は、式(5)におけるR112と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
A 11 , A 12 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 each independently have the same meaning as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. is there.
R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in Formula (5), and the preferred range is also the same.
ポリイミド前駆体において、式(1)で表される構成単位は1種であってもよいが、2種以上であってもよい。また、式(1)で表される構成単位の構造異性体を含んでいてもよい。また、ポリイミド前駆体は、上記の式(1)の構成単位のほかに、他の種類の構成単位も含んでもよい。 In the polyimide precursor, the structural unit represented by formula (1) may be of one type, or of two or more types. Moreover, the structural isomer of the structural unit represented by Formula (1) may be included. The polyimide precursor may also contain other types of structural units in addition to the structural unit of the above formula (1).
本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体の一実施形態として、全構成単位の50モル%以上、さらには70モル%以上、特には90モル%以上が式(1)で表される構成単位であるポリイミド前駆体が例示される。上限としては100モル%以下が実際的である。 As one embodiment of the polyimide precursor in the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, particularly 90 mol% or more of all the structural units are the structural units represented by the formula (1) Is illustrated. As an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is practical.
ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
ポリイミド前駆体の分子量の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
The dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) of the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
ポリイミド前駆体は、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体とジアミンを反応させて得られうる。好ましくは、ジカルボン酸またはジカルボン酸誘導体を、ハロゲン化剤を用いてハロゲン化させた後、ジアミンと反応させて得られる。
ポリイミド前駆体の製造方法では、反応に際し、有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。
有機溶剤としては、原料に応じて適宜定めることができるが、ピリジン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル(ジグリム)、N-メチルピロリドンおよびN-エチルピロリドンが例示される。
The polyimide precursor can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, the dicarboxylic acid or the dicarboxylic acid derivative is obtained by halogenating it using a halogenating agent and then reacting it with a diamine.
In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, an organic solvent is preferably used in the reaction. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The organic solvent can be appropriately determined depending on the raw material, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone and N-ethylpyrrolidone.
ポリイミド前駆体の製造に際し、固体を析出する工程を含んでいることが好ましい。具体的には、反応液中のポリイミド前駆体を、水中に沈殿させ、テトラヒドロフラン等のポリイミド前駆体が可溶な溶剤に溶解させることによって、固体析出することができる。 In the production of the polyimide precursor, it is preferable to include a step of precipitating a solid. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution can be precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent in which the polyimide precursor such as tetrahydrofuran is soluble to cause solid precipitation.
<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体>>
ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は、下記式(2)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor preferably contains a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (2).
R121は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、脂肪族基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)および芳香族基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~12が特に好ましい)の少なくとも一方を含む基が好ましい。R121を構成する芳香族基としては、上記式(1)のR111の例が挙げられる。上記脂肪族基としては、直鎖の脂肪族基が好ましい。R121は、4,4’-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドに由来することが好ましい。
式(2)において、R122は、4価の有機基を表す。4価の有機基としては、上記式(1)におけるR115と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。R122は、2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパンに由来することが好ましい。
R123およびR124は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表し、上記式(1)におけるR113およびR114と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, an aliphatic group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6) and an aromatic group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14) Is more preferable, and a group containing at least one of 6 to 12 is particularly preferable. As an aromatic group which comprises R121 , the example of R111 of said Formula (1) is mentioned. As said aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferable. R 121 is preferably derived from 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride.
In Formula (2), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in the formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same. R 122 is preferably derived from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
R 123 and R 124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and have the same meaning as R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体は上記の式(2)の構成単位のほかに、他の種類の構成単位も含んでよい。
閉環に伴う硬化膜の反りの発生を抑制できる点で、前駆体は、下記式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を他の種類の構成単位として含むことが好ましい。
The polybenzoxazole precursor may contain other types of constitutional units in addition to the constitutional unit of the above-mentioned formula (2).
It is preferable that the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as another type of structural unit from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage of the cured film due to ring closure.
式(SL)において、好ましいZとしては、b構造中のR5sおよびR6sがフェニル基であるものが挙げられる。また、式(SL)で示される構造の分子量は、400~4,000であることが好ましく、500~3,000がより好ましい。分子量は、一般的に用いられるゲル浸透クロマトグラフィによって求めることができる。上記分子量を上記範囲とすることで、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の脱水閉環後の弾性率を下げ、反りを抑制できる効果と溶解性を向上させる効果を両立することができる。 In the formula (SL), preferable Z includes those in which R 5s and R 6s in the b structure are a phenyl group. The molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. Molecular weight can be determined by commonly used gel permeation chromatography. By making the said molecular weight into the said range, the elastic modulus after dehydration ring-closing of a polybenzoxazole precursor can be reduced, and the effect which can control curvature, and the effect of improving solubility can be compatible.
前駆体が、他の種類の構成単位として式(SL)で表されるジアミン残基を含む場合、アルカリ可溶性を向上させる点で、さらに、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基を構成単位として含むことが好ましい。このようなテトラカルボン酸残基の例としては、式(1)中のR115の例が挙げられる。 When the precursor contains a diamine residue represented by the formula (SL) as another type of structural unit, it further removes an acid dianhydride group from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, in terms of improving alkali solubility. It is preferable to contain the tetracarboxylic acid residue which remains behind as a structural unit. Examples of such tetracarboxylic acid residues include the examples of R 115 in the formula (1).
ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは2000~500000であり、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、さらに好ましくは10000~50000である。また、数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは800~250000であり、より好ましくは、2000~50000であり、さらに好ましくは、4000~25000である。
ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の分子量の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1.5~3.5が好ましく、2~3がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. Also, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 800 to 250000, more preferably 2000 to 50000, and still more preferably 4000 to 25000.
The dispersion degree (Mw / Mn) of the molecular weight of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.5 to 3.5, and more preferably 2 to 3.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し20質量%以上であることが好ましく、30質量%以上であることがより好ましく、40質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、50質量%以上であることが一層好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることがさらに一層好ましい。また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物における、ポリマー前駆体の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましく、98質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、95質量%以下であることが一層好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより一層好ましい。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリマー前駆体を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the polymer precursor in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 40% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. The content is more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 60% by mass or more, and still more preferably 70% by mass or more. In addition, the content of the polymer precursor in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition. The content is preferably 98% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 95% by mass or less.
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymer precursor, or may contain two or more types. When it contains 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物(酸消失剤)>
酸消失剤は、400℃で加熱した場合に酸性度が低下する化合物であることが好ましく、300℃であることがさらに好ましく、250℃であることが一層好ましく、200℃であることがより一層好ましく、180℃であることがさらに一層好ましく、150℃であることが特に一層好ましい。下限は特にないが、80℃であることが実際的である。
上記加熱時間は、例えば、1時間である。また、加熱は、窒素雰囲気下で行い、その際の圧力は、1気圧であることが好ましい。
また、本発明で用いる酸消失剤は、後述する加熱工程における温度で酸性度が低下することが好ましい。
また、本発明で用いる酸消失剤は、硬化膜の耐熱温度を超える温度でなければ酸性度が低下しない化合物は除く趣旨である。
本明細書において、酸性度が低下することは、下記のようにして測定し定義する。
特定の化合物を窒素雰囲気下1気圧中で1時間加熱を行う。水を含む溶媒に溶解させて0.1mol/Lの水溶液を作製する。pHメータでpH測定を行い、酸性度が低下することを確認できる。
<Compounds whose acidity decreases when heated (acid scavenger)>
The acid extinguishing agent is preferably a compound whose acidity decreases when heated at 400 ° C., more preferably 300 ° C., still more preferably 250 ° C., still more preferably 200 ° C. Preferably, it is 180.degree. C., still more preferably 150.degree. There is no particular lower limit, but 80 ° C. is practical.
The heating time is, for example, one hour. Further, heating is performed under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the pressure at that time is preferably 1 atm.
Moreover, as for the acid extinguishing agent used by this invention, it is preferable that acidity falls at the temperature in the heating process mentioned later.
Moreover, the acid extinguishing agent used by this invention is the meaning except the compound whose acidity does not fall unless it is a temperature which exceeds the heat-resistant temperature of a cured film.
In the present specification, the decrease in acidity is measured and defined as follows.
The specific compound is heated at 1 atm under nitrogen for 1 hour. It is dissolved in a solvent containing water to make a 0.1 mol / L aqueous solution. The pH can be measured with a pH meter to confirm that the acidity decreases.
酸消失剤の加熱(例えば、200℃による加熱)前は、この化合物のpKaが、-10以上であることが好ましく、-5以上であることがより好ましく、-3以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限としては、例えば、5.0以下であることが好ましく、2.5以下であることがより好ましく、1.8以下であることがさらに好ましい。pKaを上記下限値以上とすることで、ポリマー前駆体の加水分解反応を抑制するという点で好ましい。上記上限値以下とすることで、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応を阻害するという点で好ましい。
本明細書でいうはpKaとは、酸から水素イオンが放出される解離反応を考え、その平衡定数Kaをその負の常用対数pKaによって表したものである。pKaが小さいほど強い酸であることを示す。pKaは、特に断らない限り、ACD/ChemSketchによる計算値とする。あるいは、日本化学会編「改定5版 化学便覧 基礎編」に掲載の値を参照してもよい。加熱によるpKaの上昇(ΔpKa)(加熱前後でのpKaの差)は2.0以上であることが好ましく、5.0以上であることがより好ましく、8.0以上であることがさらに好ましい。
The pKa of this compound is preferably -10 or more, more preferably -5 or more, and still more preferably -3 or more before heating (for example, heating at 200 ° C) of the acid extinguishing agent . The upper limit is, for example, preferably 5.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 1.8 or less. It is preferable at the point of suppressing the hydrolysis reaction of a polymer precursor by making pKa more than the said lower limit. It is preferable at the point of inhibiting the cyclization reaction of a polymer precursor by below the said upper limit carrying out.
In the present specification, pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid, and the equilibrium constant Ka is represented by its negative common logarithm pKa. The smaller the pKa, the stronger the acid. pKa is a calculated value by ACD / ChemSketch unless otherwise specified. Alternatively, you may refer to the values listed in the Revised 5th Edition of the Handbook of Chemical Handbook, Basic Edition, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan. The increase in pKa due to heating (ΔpKa) (difference in pKa before and after heating) is preferably 2.0 or more, more preferably 5.0 or more, and still more preferably 8.0 or more.
酸消失剤の分子量は2000以下であることが好ましく、1000以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることがさらに好ましい。下限は特にないが、80以上であることが実際的である。 The molecular weight of the acid extinguishing agent is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1000 or less, and still more preferably 500 or less. There is no particular lower limit, but it is practical to be 80 or more.
酸消失剤は、式A1~A3のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましく、式A1または式A2で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、式A1で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましい。 The acid extinguishing agent is preferably a compound represented by any of Formulas A1 to A3, more preferably a compound represented by Formula A1 or Formula A2, and a compound represented by Formula A1. Is more preferred.
(X)m-LA-(Y)n・・・・式A1
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Yは-OH、-COOH、または-NH(RN)を表し、RNは水素原子または有機基であり、mは1~4の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表す。
RNの有機基はアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはアリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)が好ましく、水素原子またはアルキル基がより好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基がさらに好ましく、水素原子が一層好ましい。
RNの有機基は後述する置換基Tを有していてもよい。RNの有機基は複数あるとき互いに結合して、あるいは下記で定義される連結基Lを介して結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成する環としては、脂環が挙げられ、シクロアルキル環もしくはシクロアルケニル環またはそこにヘテロ原子を有する連結基Lh(1~12個が好ましく、1~6個がより好ましく、1~3個がさらに好ましい)が介在した環が好ましい。脂環は炭素数3~22が好ましく、3~12がより好ましく、3~8がさらに好ましい。脂環はポリシクロ環やスピロ環を形成していてもよい。以下、本明細書ではこの形成してもよい環を環Kとよぶ。しかしながら、本発明では、RNの有機基は置換基Tを有さない方が好ましい。
(X) m- L A- (Y) n ··· Formula A1
Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Y represents -OH, -COOH or -NH an (R N), And R N is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, m is an integer of 1 to 4 and n is an integer of 1 to 4.
The organic group of R N is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3), and an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 18) 6 to 10 is more preferable, or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 and still more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or Methyl is more preferred, and hydrogen is more preferred.
The organic group R N may have a substituent T which will be described later. When there are a plurality of R N organic groups, they may be bonded to each other or bonded to each other via a linking group L defined below to form a ring. Examples of the ring formed include an alicyclic ring, and a cycloalkyl ring or a cycloalkenyl ring or a linking group Lh having a hetero atom thereon (preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3). Further preferred is a ring interposed by). The alicyclic ring preferably has 3 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 12 and still more preferably 3 to 8. The alicyclic ring may form a polycyclo ring or a spiro ring. Hereinafter, the ring which may be formed is referred to as ring K in the present specification. However, in the present invention, the organic group R N is preferably who no substituent T.
LAは、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、脂肪族連結基、アリール連結基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれるm+n価の連結基を表すことが好ましい。脂肪族連結基は、アルカン連結基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケン連結基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール連結基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはこれらの組合せに係る連結基であることが好ましい。
ここで、アルカン連結基とは、アルカン(飽和炭化水素)から構成される連結基をいう。アルカン連結基が2価の連結基の場合、アルキレン基となる。アルケン連結基、アリール連結基等についても同様に考える。
LA中には、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で下記ヘテロ原子を有する連結基Lhが介在してもよく、介在する数は0~3個であることが好ましく、0または1個であることがより好ましく、0個であることがさらに好ましい。
また、LAは、XとQを連結する原子数が3以上の連結基であることが好ましい。XとQを連結する原子数の上限は特にないが6以下であることが実際的である。上記連結する原子数とは所定の構造部間(例えば、XとQ)を結ぶ経路に位置し連結に関与する最少の原子数をいう。たとえば、-CH2-C(=O)-O-の場合、連結する原子数は3となる。
L A preferably represents an m + n-valent linking group selected from the group consisting of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, an aliphatic linking group, an aryl linking group and a combination thereof. The aliphatic linking group is preferably an alkane linking group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene linking group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6). Preferably, it is a linking group according to 2 to 3 is further preferable, an aryl linking group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or a combination thereof .
Here, the alkane linking group refers to a linking group composed of alkane (saturated hydrocarbon). When the alkane linking group is a divalent linking group, it is an alkylene group. The same applies to an alkene linking group, an aryl linking group and the like.
It is in L A, may be a linking group Lh intervening to the extent that the effect of the present invention having the following hetero atoms, preferably the number of intervening is 0-3, is 0 or 1 Is more preferable, and 0 is more preferable.
Further, L A is preferably the number of atoms connecting the X and Q is 3 or more linking groups. The upper limit of the number of atoms connecting X and Q is not particularly limited but is practically 6 or less. The number of connected atoms means the minimum number of atoms involved in connection, which is located in a path connecting predetermined structural parts (for example, X and Q). For example, in the case of —CH 2 —C (= O) —O—, the number of linking atoms is three.
RNは本発明の効果を奏する範囲で連結基Lを介してまたは介さずにLAと結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環としては上述の環Kが挙げられる。しかしながら、RNはLAと結合して環を形成しない方が好ましい。 R N is bonded to L A may form a ring without involving or via a linking group L to the extent that the effects of the present invention. Examples of the ring formed include the ring K described above. However, R N is it is preferable not to form a ring with L A.
mは1または2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。nは1または2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
m+nは、2~4が好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。
また、式A1においては、m≦nであることが好ましく、m<nであってもよい。n-mは、0または1が好ましい。
mが2以上のとき、複数のXは、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。nが2以上のとき、複数のYは、同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
m is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
m + n is preferably 2 to 4, and more preferably 2.
In formula A1, m ≦ n is preferable, and m <n may be satisfied. n-m is preferably 0 or 1.
When m is 2 or more, a plurality of X may be the same or different. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of Y may be the same or different.
式A1において、Xが-SO3Hであることが好ましい。また、Yは、-NH(RN)であることが好ましく、-NH2であることがより好ましい。
また、本発明では、式A1において、LAが連結する原子数が3以上の連結基であることが好ましい。連結する原子数の上限は特にないが6以下であることが実際的である。このような範囲とすることにより、Yで表される基が、Xで表される酸基と分子内でより反応しやすくなる。
In formula A1, X is preferably -SO 3 H. Further, Y is preferably -NH (R N), more preferably -NH 2.
Further, in the present invention, in formula A1, it is preferable number of atoms L A is connected is three or more linking groups. The upper limit of the number of connected atoms is not particularly limited but is practically 6 or less. By setting such a range, the group represented by Y is more easily reacted with the acid group represented by X in the molecule.
式A1で表される化合物については、その好ましい態様において、Yで表される基が、Xで表される酸基と分子内で反応して、Xが変化することで酸性度が低下するものと解される。 With respect to the compound represented by the formula A1, in a preferred embodiment, the group represented by Y reacts with the acid group represented by X in the molecule, and the acidity is lowered by changing X It is understood that.
以下に、式A1で表される化合物を例示する。式A1で表される化合物がこれらに限定されるものではないことは言うまでもない。
(X)m-LA-(Q)n・・・・式A2
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Qは加熱により塩基成分を放出する基を表す。加熱温度は、上述の酸性度が低下する温度と同様である。
Qは、-CONH(RN)、-OCONH(RN)、-N(RN)CONH(RN)、または-N(RN)3
+A-を表す。A-は対イオンをなす原子または原子群であり、例えばハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
X、LA、m、nおよびRNは、それぞれ、式A1におけるX、LA、m、nおよびRNと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
式A2で表される化合物においては、その好ましい態様において、Qで表される基が熱により分解しアミン成分を放出し、Xで表される酸基を中和することで、酸性度が低下するものと解される。
(X) m- L A- (Q) n ··· Formula A2
In the formula, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2 , L A represents a m + n valent linking group, and Q represents a group which releases a base component upon heating. The heating temperature is the same as the above-mentioned temperature at which the acidity decreases.
Q is, -CONH (R N), - OCONH (R N), - N (R N) CONH (R N), or -N (R N) 3 + A - represents a. A - is an atom or a group of atoms forming a counter ion, and examples thereof include a halogen atom.
X, L A , m, n and R N have the same meanings as X, L A , m, n and R N in the formula A1, respectively, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
In the compound represented by the formula A2, in a preferred embodiment, the group represented by Q is thermally decomposed to release the amine component, and the acid group represented by X is neutralized to reduce the acidity. It is understood that
以下に、式A2で表される化合物を例示する。式A2で表される化合物がこれらに限定されるものではないことは言うまでもない。
Z-(LC-COOH)nz・・・・式A3
式中、Zはnz価の有機基を表し、LCは、*1-(C=O)C(Ra)2-*2、-CH(Rb)-、または-C(Rb)2-を表し、Raは水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、Rbはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、*1がZ側の結合位置、*2がCOOH側の結合位置を表し、nzは1~4の整数である。
ZとRaまたはRbは、結合して環を形成していてもよい。
Z- (L C -COOH) nz ··· Formula A3
In the formula, Z represents an nz-valent organic group, and L C is * 1- (C = O) C (R a ) 2- * 2 , -CH (R b )-, or -C (R b ) 2- represents, R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, R b represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, * 1 represents Z The bonding position on the side, * 2 represents the bonding position on the COOH side, and nz is an integer of 1 to 4.
Z and R a or R b may combine to form a ring.
Raは水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはアリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)を表し、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基がより好ましく、水素原子またはアルキル基がさらに好ましく、水素原子が一層好ましい。
Rbはアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはアリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)を表し、アルキル基、アリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基がさらに好ましい。
複数あるときのRa、Rbは互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。Z、Ra、Rbは互いに結合して(Ra、Rbが複数あるときには同種の置換基が結合してもよい)、あるいは連結基Lを介して結合して環を形成していてもよく、好ましい環としては上述の環Kが挙げられる。
R a is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 is more preferable, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19) Is more preferably 7 to 11), a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group is more preferable, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
R b represents an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, 2 to 3 carbon atoms Is more preferable, an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms) , 7 to 11 are more preferable, and an alkyl group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
Two or more Ra and Rb may be the same or different. Z, R a and R b are bonded to each other (or when there are a plurality of R a and R b , the same kind of substituent may be bonded) or they are bonded to each other via a linking group L to form a ring The preferred ring includes the ring K described above.
Zは、アルカン連結基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケン連結基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、アリール連結基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、カルボキシル基、カルボニル基および酸素原子、あるいは、これらの組み合わせからなる連結基が好ましく、アルカン連結基、アリール連結基、カルボニル基、あるいはこれらの組み合わせからなる連結基がより好ましい。
nzは1~4であり、1または2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
式A3で表される化合物においては、その好ましい態様において、COOH基が加熱により脱炭酸反応を起こし、酸性度が低下するものと解される。
Z is an alkane linking group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and further preferably 1 to 3), and an alkene linking group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6) -3 is more preferable, an aryl linking group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group and an oxygen atom, or a combination thereof A linking group is preferred, and a linking group consisting of an alkane linking group, an aryl linking group, a carbonyl group or a combination thereof is more preferred.
nz is 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
In the compound represented by the formula A3, in a preferred embodiment, it is understood that the COOH group causes a decarboxylation reaction upon heating to decrease the acidity.
式A3は下記式A3-1~A3-3のいずれかであることが好ましい。
Z1-(CHRb-COOH)nz ・・・・式A3-1
Z1-(CRb
2-COOH)nz ・・・・式A3-2
Z2-(CO-CRa
2-COOH)nz・・・・式A3-3
式中、Ra、Rb、nzは式A3におけるRa、Rb、nzとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。複数あるときのRaおよびRbは互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、好ましい環としては上述の環Kが挙げられる。RaおよびRbはZ1またはZ2と結合して環を形成していてもよく、好ましい環としては環Kが挙げられる。複数あるときのRaおよびRbは互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。
Z1はアルカン連結基、アルケン連結基、アリール連結基、またはアリールアルキル基である。なかでもアリール連結基であることが好ましく、環構造で示すと、上記芳香族Aroの例が挙げられ、ナフタレン環またはベンゼン環が特に好ましい。アルカン連結基等の好ましい範囲は、上記Zにおけるアルカン連結基等の好ましい範囲と同義である。
Z2は、アルカン連結基、アリール連結基、カルボニル基、あるいはこれらの組み合わせからなる連結基がより好ましい。アルカン連結基等の好ましい範囲は、上記Zにおけるアルカン連結基等の好ましい範囲と同義である。
Ra、Rb、Z1、Z2はさらに置換基Tを有していてもよい。置換基Tは複数あるとき互いに結合して、あるいは連結基Lを介してまたは介さずに式中のRa、Rb、Z1、Z2と結合して環を形成していてもよい。Z1およびZ2のアルキル鎖、アルケニル鎖にはヘテロ原子を有する連結基Lhが介在していてもよく、介在する個数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい。Ra、Rb、Z1、Z2は、もちろん、置換基を有さなくてもよい。
Formula A3 is preferably any one of the following formulas A3-1 to A3-3.
Z 1- (CHR b- COOH) nz ··· Formula A3-1
Z 1- (CR b 2- COOH) nz ··· Formula A3-2
Z 2- (CO-CR a 2 -COOH) nz ··· Formula A3-3
Wherein, R a, R b, nz have the same meanings as R a, R b, nz in Formula A3, the preferred range is also the same. When there are a plurality of R a and R b may combine with each other to form a ring, preferred rings include the above-mentioned ring K. R a and R b may combine with Z 1 or Z 2 to form a ring, and a preferred ring includes ring K. When there are a plurality of R a and R b may be the same or different.
Z 1 is an alkane linking group, an alkene linking group, an aryl linking group, or an arylalkyl group. Among them, an aryl linking group is preferable, and examples of the aromatic Aro are given as a ring structure, and a naphthalene ring or a benzene ring is particularly preferable. The preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. is the same as the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. in Z above.
Z 2 is more preferably a linking group consisting of an alkane linking group, an aryl linking group, a carbonyl group, or a combination thereof. The preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. is the same as the preferred range of the alkane linking group etc. in Z above.
R a , R b , Z 1 and Z 2 may further have a substituent T. When there are a plurality of substituents T, they may be bonded to each other, or may be bonded to R a , R b , Z 1 or Z 2 in the formula to form a ring, with or without a linking group L. A linking group Lh having a hetero atom may intervene in the alkyl chain or alkenyl chain of Z 1 and Z 2 , and the number of intervening groups is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3 preferable. Of course, R a , R b , Z 1 and Z 2 may have no substituent.
以下に、式A3で表される化合物を例示する。式A3で表される化合物がこれらに限定されるものではないことは言うまでもない。
置換基Tとしては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい)、アルコキシル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アリールアルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11がさらに好ましい)、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基(炭素数0~24が好ましく、0~12がより好ましく、0~6が特に好ましい)、チオール基、カルボキシル基、アシル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アシルオキシ基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アリーロイル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)、アリーロイルオキシ基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~19がより好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、オキソ基(=O)、イミノ基(=NR)、アルキリデン基(=C(R)2)などが挙げられる。置換基Tのアルキレン鎖にはヘテロ原子が介在していてもよい。置換基Tが有するアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基には、さらにその他の置換基が置換していてもよい。Rは上記RNと同義である。 As the substituent T, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 and particularly preferably 1 to 6), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 12) 2 to 6 is particularly preferable, an alkoxyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, 7 to 19 7 to 11 is more preferable, a hydroxyl group, an amino group (preferably having a carbon number of 0 to 24, more preferably 0 to 12, and particularly preferably 0 to 6), a thiol group, a carboxyl group or an acyl group (carbon The number 2 to 12 is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, an acyloxy group (having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable. (Preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), and aryloyl oxy groups (preferably 7 to 23 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms). 7 to 11 is particularly preferable), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acryloyloxy group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), oxo group (= O), imino group (= NR), an alkylidene group (= C (R) 2 ) and the like. The alkylene chain of the substituent T may be intervened by a heteroatom. Another substituent may be further substituted to the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the aryl group and the arylalkyl group which the substituent T has. R is as defined above for R N.
連結基Lは、アルキレン基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケニレン基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい)、アリーレン基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、ヘテロアリーレン基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~4がさらに好ましい;ヘテロ原子としては例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子が挙げられる)、酸素原子、硫黄原子、カルボニル基、-NR-、またはその組合せにかかる基である。連結基Lを構成する原子の数は水素原子を除いて、1~24であることが好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい。連結基の連結する原子数は10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限としては、1以上である。Rは上記RNと同義である。 The linking group L is an alkylene group (preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 3), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), Arylene group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), heteroarylene group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and even more preferably 1 to 4) The hetero atom is, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, -NR-, or a combination thereof. The number of atoms constituting the linking group L is preferably 1 to 24, excluding hydrogen atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 6. The number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more. R is as defined above for R N.
ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhとしては、酸素原子、硫黄原子、カルボニル基、チオカルボニル基、スルホニル基、-NR-、またはこれらの組み合わせからなる連結基が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhを構成する原子の数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhの特定の基の中に介在する原子の数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。Rは上記RNと同義である。 As the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom, a linking group composed of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, a thiocarbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, -NR- or a combination thereof can be mentioned. The number of atoms constituting the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. The number of atoms intervening in a specific group of the linking group Lh containing a hetero atom is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. R is as defined above for R N.
本発明で用いる酸消失剤は、式A1~式A3の2つ以上に該当する化合物であってもよい。例えば、(X)2-連結基-(Y)(Q)で表される構造のように、式A1にも式A2にも該当する化合物などが例示される。 The acid eliminator used in the present invention may be a compound corresponding to two or more of the formulas A1 to A3. For example, as a structure represented by (X) 2 -linking group-(Y) (Q), a compound corresponding to Formula A1 and Formula A2 is exemplified.
本発明の実施形態の一例として、酸性度が低下する温度が異なる2種以上の酸消失剤を配合することもできる。このような構成とすることにより、酸性度が段階的に低下し、加熱時のポリマー前駆体の環化反応をより効率よく進行させることができる。実施形態においては、酸性度が低下する温度が20~200℃の差がある2種以上の酸消失剤を配合することが好ましい。 As an example of the embodiment of the present invention, two or more types of acid eliminators having different temperatures at which the acidity decreases can be blended. With such a configuration, the acidity decreases stepwise, and the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor at the time of heating can proceed more efficiently. In the embodiment, it is preferable to blend two or more kinds of acid scavengers which have a difference in temperature of 20 to 200 ° C. at which the acidity decreases.
酸消失剤は感光性樹脂組成物中、0.0025質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.01質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.02質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限としては、例えば、2.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、1.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.25質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
感光性樹脂組成物中、固形分中の酸消失剤の比率は、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限としては、例えば、10.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、5.0質量%以下であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対する酸消失剤の配合比率としては、0.015質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.075質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.15質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限としては、例えば、15.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、 7.5質量部以下であることがより好ましく、1.5質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。
酸消失剤の含有量を上記下限値以上とすることで、良好な保存安定性を確保できる点で好ましい。上記上限値以下とすることで、金属の耐腐食性を確保できる点で好ましい。
酸消失剤は1種を用いても複数のものを用いてもよい。複数のものを用いる場合はその合計量が上記で規定の範囲となる。
The amount of the acid extinguishing agent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.0025% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.02% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 2.5% by mass or less, more preferably 1.5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.25% by mass or less.
In the photosensitive resin composition, the ratio of the acid extinguishing agent in the solid content is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and 0.1% by mass or more. It is further preferred that The upper limit thereof is, for example, preferably 10.0% by mass or less, more preferably 5.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 1.0% by mass or less.
The compounding ratio of the acid extinguishing agent to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor is preferably 0.015 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.075 parts by mass or more, and 0.15 parts by mass or more. Is more preferred. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 15.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7.5 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less.
By making content of an acid extinguishing agent more than the said lower limit, it is preferable at the point which can ensure favorable storage stability. It is preferable at the point which can ensure the corrosion resistance of a metal by setting it as the said upper limit or less.
The acid eliminator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of using a plurality of things, the total amount is in the above-described range.
<溶剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤は、公知の溶剤を任意に使用できる。溶剤は有機溶剤が好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル類、エーテル類、ケトン類、芳香族炭化水素類、スルホキシド類、アミド類などの化合物が挙げられる。
エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
スルホキシド類として、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシドが好適なものとして挙げられる。
アミド類として、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N -エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
<Solvent>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. As the solvent, known solvents can optionally be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides.
As esters, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone , Δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxyacetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.) ), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate) Ethyl acid, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 -Propyl alkyl oxypropionate etc. (eg methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyl Methyl oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), methyl pyruvate , Pyruvate Chill, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, and the like as preferred.
As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. are mentioned as a suitable thing.
Preferred examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and the like.
As aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene etc. may be mentioned as suitable.
As a sulfoxide, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide is mentioned as a suitable one.
Examples of suitable amides include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like.
溶剤は、塗布面性状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。
本発明では、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される1種の溶剤、または、2種以上で構成される混合溶剤が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。
The solvent is also preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface properties and the like.
In the present invention, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ- Butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and one solvent selected from propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or two or more Mixed solvents are preferred. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~75質量%となる量にすることがより好ましく、10~70質量%となる量にすることがさらに好ましく、40~70質量%となるようにすることが一層好ましい。溶剤含有量は、所望の厚さと塗布方法によって調節すればよい。
溶剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of coatability, the content of the solvent is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80% by mass, and is 5 to 75% by mass. It is more preferable that the amount be 10 to 70% by mass, still more preferably 40 to 70% by mass. The solvent content may be adjusted according to the desired thickness and application method.
The solvent may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
<光活性化合物>
本発明において、感光性樹脂組成物は光活性化合物を含む。光活性化合物の例としては光重合開始剤、光酸発生剤および光硬化促進剤が挙げられる。
<Photoactive compound>
In the present invention, the photosensitive resin composition contains a photoactive compound. Examples of photoactive compounds include photopolymerization initiators, photoacid generators and photocuring accelerators.
<<光重合開始剤>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、光重合開始剤を含有させてもよい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
本発明で用いることができる光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する光ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
光ラジカル重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内で少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
<< photoinitiator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a radical photopolymerization initiator which can be used by this invention, It can select suitably from well-known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it may be an activator which produces an active radical by causing an action with a photoexcited sensitizer.
The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g / L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
感光性樹脂組成物が光ラジカル重合開始剤を含むことにより、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を半導体ウェハなどの基板に適用して感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した後、光を照射することで、発生するラジカルに起因する硬化が起こり、光照射部における溶解性を低下させることができる。このため、例えば、電極部のみをマスクするパターンを持つフォトマスクを介して感光性樹脂組成物層を露光することで、電極のパターンにしたがって、溶解性の異なる領域を簡便に作製できるという利点がある。 The photosensitive resin composition contains a photo radical polymerization initiator, whereby the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer to form a photosensitive resin composition layer, and then light is irradiated. Thus, curing occurs due to the generated radicals, and the solubility in the light irradiated part can be reduced. Therefore, for example, by exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer through a photomask having a pattern for masking only the electrode portion, there is an advantage that regions having different solubility can be easily manufactured according to the pattern of the electrode. is there.
光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を任意に使用できる。例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物、トリハロメチル基を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0165~0182の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A well-known compound can be used arbitrarily as a radical photopolymerization initiator. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acyl phosphine compounds such as acyl phosphine oxides, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime derivatives, etc. Oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, etc. It can be mentioned. The details thereof can be referred to the description in paragraphs [0165] to [0182] of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
ケトン化合物としては、例えば、特開2015-087611号公報の段落0087に記載の化合物が例示され、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。 As a ketone compound, the compound as described in Paragraph 0087 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-087611 is illustrated, for example, This content is integrated in this specification. Among commercial products, Kayacure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also suitably used.
光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。
ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE 184(IRGACUREは登録商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE907、IRGACURE 369、および、IRGACURE 379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nmまたは405nm等の波長光源に吸収極大波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイドなどが挙げられる。また、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やIRGACURE-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
メタロセン化合物としては、IRGACURE-784(BASF社製)などが例示される。
As a radical photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and an acyl phosphine compound can also be used suitably. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As a hydroxyacetophenone type initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
As aminoacetophenone initiators, commercially available products IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF AG) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which the absorption maximum wavelength is matched to a wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
Examples of the acylphosphine initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide and the like. In addition, IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF), which are commercially available products, can be used.
Examples of metallocene compounds include IRGACURE-784 (manufactured by BASF).
光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム化合物を用いることにより、露光ラチチュードをより効果的に向上させることが可能になる。オキシム化合物は、露光ラチチュード(露光マージン)が広く、かつ、光硬化促進剤としても働くため、特に好ましい。
オキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、下記の構造の化合物や、3-ベンゾオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物においては、特に光ラジカル重合開始剤としてオキシム化合物(オキシム系の光重合開始剤)を用いることが好ましい。オキシム系の光重合開始剤は、分子内に >C=N-O-C(=O)- の連結基を有する。
さらに、また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。
最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。
As a photo radical polymerization initiator, More preferably, an oxime compound is mentioned. By using an oxime compound, it is possible to more effectively improve the exposure latitude. The oxime compound is particularly preferable because it has a wide exposure latitude (exposure margin) and also serves as a light curing accelerator.
As specific examples of the oxime compound, compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used.
Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds of the following structures, 3-benzoximinobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxy Iminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one And 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as a photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime-based photopolymerization initiator has a> C = N—O—C (= O) — linking group in the molecule.
Furthermore, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. As specific examples of such oxime compounds, compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP-A-2014-500852, JP-A-2013 And the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP-164471-A, and the like.
As the most preferable oxime compound, an oxime compound having a specific substituent described in JP-A-2007-269779, an oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in JP-A-2009-191061, and the like can be mentioned.
光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物およびその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体およびその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。
さらに好ましい光ラジカル重合開始剤は、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム塩化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の化合物が一層好ましく、メタロセン化合物またはオキシム化合物を用いるのがより一層好ましく、オキシム化合物がさらに一層好ましい。
また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、ベンゾフェノン、N,N’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン(ミヒラーケトン)等のN,N’-テトラアルキル-4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノ-プロパノン-1等の芳香族ケトン、アルキルアントラキノン等の芳香環と縮環したキノン類、ベンゾインアルキルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル化合物、ベンゾイン、アルキルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンジル誘導体などを用いることもできる。また、下記式(I)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。
Further preferable photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, More preferred is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl triazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers and benzophenone compounds, still more preferably metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, oxime compounds Is even more preferred.
In addition, photo radical polymerization initiators include N, N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 2-benzyl such as benzophenone, N, N'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), etc. Aromatic ketones such as -2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino-propanone-1, alkylanthraquinones, etc. Also usable are quinones fused with the aromatic ring of the above, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkylbenzoin, and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal. Moreover, the compound represented by following formula (I) can also be used.
また、光ラジカル重合開始剤は、国際公開WO2015/125469号の段落0048~0055に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Further, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
光重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.5~15質量%であり、一層好ましくは1.0~10質量%である。光重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photopolymerization initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 0.5 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one kind, or two or more kinds. When 2 or more types of photoinitiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
<<光酸発生剤>>
本発明の組成物は、光酸発生剤を含有していてもよい。光酸発生剤を含有することにより、露光部に酸が発生し、露光部のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するため、ポジ型感光性樹脂組成物として用いることができる。
光酸発生剤としては、キノンジアジド化合物、スルホニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、ジアゾニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩などが挙げられる。中でも優れた溶解抑止効果を発現し、高感度かつ低膜減りのポジ型組成物を得られるという点から、キノンジアジド化合物が好ましく用いられる。また、光酸発生剤を2種以上含有してもよい。これにより、露光部と未露光部の溶解速度の比をより大きくすることができ、高感度なポジ型感光性樹脂組成物を得ることができる。
具体的には、WO2017/110982号公報の段落0209~0215の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< photo-acid generator >>
The composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator. By containing a photo-acid generator, an acid is generated in the exposed area, and the solubility of the exposed area in the alkaline aqueous solution is increased, so that it can be used as a positive photosensitive resin composition.
Examples of the photoacid generator include quinone diazide compounds, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, diazonium salts, and iodonium salts. Among them, a quinone diazide compound is preferably used in that it exhibits an excellent dissolution inhibiting effect and can obtain a positive composition with high sensitivity and low film reduction. Moreover, you may contain 2 or more types of photo-acid generators. Thereby, the ratio of the dissolution rates of the exposed area and the unexposed area can be further increased, and a highly sensitive positive photosensitive resin composition can be obtained.
Specifically, the description in paragraphs 0209 to 0215 of WO 2017/110982 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
光酸発生剤の含有量は、ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対して、好ましくは3~40質量部である。光酸発生剤の含有量をこの範囲とすることにより、より高感度化を図ることができる。さらに増感剤などを必要に応じて含有してもよい。
光酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the photoacid generator is preferably 3 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. By setting the content of the photoacid generator in this range, higher sensitivity can be achieved. Furthermore, a sensitizer may be contained as required.
The photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<<光硬化促進剤>>
本発明で用いる感光性樹脂組成物は、光硬化促進剤を含んでいてもよい。本発明における光硬化促進剤とは、露光により塩基を発生するものであり、常温常圧の通常の条件下では活性を示さないが、外部刺激として電磁波の照射と加熱が行なわれると、塩基(塩基性物質)を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではない。露光により発生した塩基はポリマー前駆体を加熱により硬化させる際の触媒として働くため、好適に用いることができる。
本発明においては、光硬化促進剤として公知のものを用いることができる。例えば遷移金属化合物錯体や、アンモニウム塩などの構造を有するものや、アミジン部分がカルボン酸と塩を形成することで潜在化されたもののように、塩基成分が塩を形成することにより中和されたイオン性の化合物や、カルバメート誘導体、オキシムエステル誘導体、アシル化合物などのウレタン結合やオキシム結合などにより塩基成分が潜在化された非イオン性の化合物を挙げることができる。
<< photo-curing accelerator >>
The photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention may contain a photocuring accelerator. The photo-curing accelerator in the present invention generates a base upon exposure, and does not show activity under ordinary conditions of normal temperature and pressure, but when irradiation and heating of electromagnetic waves are performed as an external stimulus, the base ( It is not particularly limited as long as it generates a basic substance). The base generated by exposure to light serves as a catalyst for curing the polymer precursor by heating, and thus can be suitably used.
In the present invention, known photocuring accelerators can be used. For example, such as a transition metal compound complex, one having a structure such as an ammonium salt, or one in which an amidine moiety is made latent by forming a salt with a carboxylic acid, the base component is neutralized by forming a salt Examples thereof include ionic compounds, and non-ionic compounds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, and acyl compounds in which the base component is made latent by urethane bonds or oxime bonds.
本発明に係る光硬化促進剤としては、例えば、特開2009-80452号公報および国際公開第2009/123122号パンフレットで開示されたような桂皮酸アミド構造を有する光硬化促進剤、特開2006-189591号公報および特開2008-247747号公報で開示されたようなカルバメート構造を有する光硬化促進剤、特開2007-249013号公報および特開2008-003581号公報で開示されたようなオキシム構造、カルバモイルオキシム構造を有する光硬化促進剤等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されず、その他にも公知の光硬化促進剤の構造を用いることができる。 As the photocuring accelerator according to the present invention, for example, a photocuring accelerator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in JP-A-2009-80452 and WO2009 / 123122 pamphlet, JP-A-2006- Photocuring accelerators having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 189591 and 2008-247747; oxime structures as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007-249013 and 2008-003581; Although the photocuring accelerator etc. which have a carbamoyl oxime structure etc. are mentioned, it is not limited to these, In addition, the structure of a well-known photocuring accelerator can be used.
その他、光硬化促進剤としては、特開2012-93746号公報の段落0185~0188、0199~0200および0202に記載の化合物、特開2013-194205号公報の段落0022~0069に記載の化合物、特開2013-204019号公報の段落0026~0074に記載の化合物、ならびに国際公開WO2010/064631号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物が例として挙げられる。 In addition, as a photocuring accelerator, compounds described in paragraphs 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200 and 0202 of JP 2012-93746 A, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0069 of JP 2013-194205 A, and The compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0074 of JP2013-204019, and the compounds described in paragraph 0052 of International Publication WO2010 / 064631 are mentioned as examples.
光硬化促進剤の市販品としては、WPBG-266、WPBG-300、WPGB-345、WPGB-140、WPBG-165、WPBG-027、PBG-018、WPGB-015、WPBG-041、WPGB-172、WPGB-174、WPBG-166、WPGB-158、WPGB-025、WPGB-168、WPGB-167およびWPBG-082(和光純薬工業社製)を用いることもできる。 As a commercial item of a photocuring accelerator, WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, PBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167 and WPBG-082 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) can also be used.
光硬化促進剤を用いる場合、組成物における光硬化促進剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
光硬化促進剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When a photo-curing accelerator is used, the content of the photo-curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. As for a minimum, 0.5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is further more preferable. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 20% by mass or less.
The photocuring accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
<熱ラジカル重合開始剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性を有する化合物の重合反応を開始または促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、ポリマー前駆体の環化と共に、ポリマー前駆体の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より高度な耐熱化が達成できることとなる。
熱ラジカル重合開始剤として、具体的には、特開2008-63554号公報の段落0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
<Thermal radical polymerization initiator>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator within the scope of the present invention.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by the energy of heat and initiates or accelerates a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymer precursor can be advanced along with the cyclization of the polymer precursor, so that a higher degree of heat resistance can be achieved.
Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは5~15質量%である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみ含有していてもよいし、2種以上含有していてもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the heat radical polymerization initiator is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. %, More preferably 5 to 15% by mass. The thermal radical polymerization initiator may contain only one type, or may contain two or more types. When 2 or more types of thermal radical polymerization initiators are contained, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
<重合性化合物>
<<ラジカル重合性化合物>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物はラジカル重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
ラジカル重合性化合物は、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物を用いることができる。ラジカル重合性基としては、ビニルフェニル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびアリル基などのエチレン性不飽和結合を有する基が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性基は、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
<< Radically Polymerizable Compound >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a radically polymerizable compound.
As a radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a radically polymerizable group can be used. Examples of the radically polymerizable group include groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and an allyl group. The radically polymerizable group is preferably a (meth) acryloyl group.
ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基の数は、1個でもよく、2個以上でもよいが、ラジカル重合性化合物はラジカル重合性基を2個以上有することが好ましく、3個以上有することがより好ましい。上限は、15個以下が好ましく、10個以下がより好ましく、8個以下がさらに好ましい。 The number of radically polymerizable groups in the radically polymerizable compound may be one, or two or more, but the radically polymerizable compound preferably has two or more radically polymerizable groups, and preferably three or more. More preferable. The upper limit is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less.
ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましく、900以下がさらに好ましい。ラジカル重合性化合物の分子量の下限は、100以上が好ましい。 2000 or less are preferable, as for the molecular weight of a radically polymerizable compound, 1500 or less are more preferable, and 900 or less are more preferable. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、現像性の観点から、重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。また、2官能のラジカル重合性化合物と3官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物との混合物であってもよい。なお、ラジカル重合性化合物の官能基数は、1分子中におけるラジカル重合性基の数を意味する。 The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound containing two or more polymerizable groups, from the viewpoint of developability, and a trifunctional or higher radically polymerizable compound. It is more preferable to include at least one kind. Moreover, the mixture of a bifunctional radically polymerizable compound and a trifunctional or more than trifunctional radically polymerizable compound may be sufficient. The number of functional groups of the radically polymerizable compound means the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule.
ラジカル重合性化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシル基やアミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類あるいはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、さらに、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステルあるいはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0113~0122の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of the radically polymerizable compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid etc.), esters thereof and amides, and preferably Esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyhydric amine compounds. Also, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group etc. with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, monofunctional or multifunctional Dehydration condensation products with functional carboxylic acids and the like are also suitably used. Also, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having an electrophilic substituent such as isocyanate group and epoxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols, and halogen groups Also suitable are substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a leaving substituent such as tosyloxy group with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines and thiols. As another example, instead of the above unsaturated carboxylic acid, it is also possible to use unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinyl benzene derivative such as styrene, a vinyl ether, an allyl ether or the like, and a group of compounds replaced. As a specific example, the description in paragraphs [0113] to [0122] of JP-A-2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
また、ラジカル重合性化合物は、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後、(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物、特公昭48-41708号公報、特公昭50-6034号公報、特開昭51-37193号各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタクリレートおよびこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物を反応させて得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
また、上述以外の好ましいラジカル重合性化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物や、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。
さらに、その他の例としては、特公昭46-43946号公報、特公平1-40337号公報、特公平1-40336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平2-25493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等もあげることができる。また、特開昭61-22048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む化合物を用いることもできる。さらに日本接着協会誌 vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)に光重合性モノマーおよびオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。
Further, the radically polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylol ethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol Penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin, trimethylolethane and the like A compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a functional alcohol and then converting to (meth) acrylate, JP-B-48-4170. Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 50-6034 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-37193; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-64183; Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-43191; JP-A-52-30490 mentions polyester acrylates, polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which is a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof it can. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate etc. which are obtained by making the compound which has cyclic ether groups, such as a glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and an ethylenic unsaturated bond react with polyfunctional carboxylic acid can also be mentioned.
Moreover, as a preferable radically polymerizable compound other than the above-mentioned, it has a fluorene ring and is described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-160418, Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-129825, patent 4364216 etc., and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. It is also possible to use a compound having two or more groups having a and a cardo resin.
Further, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946, JP-B-1-40337, JP-B-1-40336, and JP-A-2-25493 are described. And the like. Further, compounds containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 can also be used. Furthermore, Journal of Japan Adhesive Association vol. 20, no. Also those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers on pages 7, 300-308 (1984) can be used.
上記のほか、特開2015-034964号公報の段落0048~0051に記載の化合物も好ましく用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Besides the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
また、特開平10-62986号公報において式(1)および式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、ラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができる。 Further, compounds described after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth) acrylated as described in Formula (1) and Formula (2) together with specific examples thereof in JP-A-10-62986 are also available. It can be used as a radically polymerizable compound.
さらに、特開2015-187211号公報の段落0104~0131に記載の化合物も他のラジカル重合性化合物として用いることができ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as other radically polymerizable compounds, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
ラジカル重合性化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製、A-TMMT:新中村化学工業社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、A-DPH;新中村化学工業社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 As radically polymerizable compounds, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku ( A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) Acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and these (meth) acryloyl groups via ethylene glycol residue or propylene glycol residue A linked structure is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
ラジカル重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、エチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する2官能メタクリレートであるサートマー社製のSR-209、231、239、日本化薬(株)製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(日本製紙社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業社製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学社製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Commercial products of radically polymerizable compounds include, for example, SR-494 which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, SR-209 manufactured by Sartomer which is a difunctional methacrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy chains. 231, 239, DPCA-60 which is a hexafunctional acrylate having 6 pentylene oxy chains manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TPA-330 which is a trifunctional acrylate having 3 isobutylene oxy chains, urethane oligomer UAS- 10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. product, UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306 , AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
ラジカル重合性化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、ラジカル重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As radically polymerizable compounds, urethane acrylates and the like as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293 and JP-B-2-16765. JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, JP-B-62-39418 and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton as described in JP-B-58-49860 and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Furthermore, as radically polymerizable compounds, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule, which are described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, JP-A-1-105238, can be used. It can also be used.
ラジカル重合性化合物は、カルボキシル基、リン酸基等の酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物であってもよい。酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物は、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物がより好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせたラジカル重合性化合物において、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールまたはジペンタエリスリトールである化合物である。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
酸基を有するラジカル重合性化合物の好ましい酸価は、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。ラジカル重合性化合物の酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造や取扱性に優れ、さらには、現像性に優れる。また、重合性が良好である。
The radically polymerizable compound may be a radically polymerizable compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride to produce an acid. Radically polymerizable compounds having a group are more preferred. Particularly preferably, in the radically polymerizable compound in which a nonaromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to give an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol or dipentacene. It is a compound which is erythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
The preferred acid value of the radically polymerizable compound having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg KOH / g, particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg KOH / g. If the acid value of the radically polymerizable compound is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and furthermore, the developability is excellent. Moreover, the polymerizability is good.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、硬化膜の弾性率制御に伴う反り抑制の観点から、ラジカル重合性化合物として、単官能ラジカル重合性化合物を好ましく用いることができる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルビトール(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム等のN-ビニル化合物類、アリルグリシジルエーテル、ジアリルフタレート、トリアリルトリメリテート等のアリル化合物類等が好ましく用いられる。単官能ラジカル重合性化合物としては、露光前の揮発を抑制するため、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。 In the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a monofunctional radically polymerizable compound can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of warpage suppression associated with the control of the elastic modulus of the cured film. Examples of monofunctional radically polymerizable compounds include n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carbitol (meth) acrylate and cyclohexyl ( (Meta) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate ) N-vinyl compounds such as acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam, and the like such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate Le compounds are preferably used. As the monofunctional radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or more under normal pressure is also preferable in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
<<上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物をさらに含むことができる。上述したラジカル重合性化合物以外の重合性化合物としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物;エポキシ化合物;オキセタン化合物;ベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。
<< Polymerizable compounds other than the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound. Examples of the polymerizable compound other than the above-described radically polymerizable compound include compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group; epoxy compounds; oxetane compounds; benzoxazine compounds.
(ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物)
ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基またはアシルオキシメチル基を有する化合物としては、下記式(AM1)、(AM4)または(AM5)で示される化合物が好ましい。
(Compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group)
As the compound having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, a compound represented by the following formula (AM1), (AM4) or (AM5) is preferable.
式(AM4)で示される化合物の具体例としては、46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上、商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、DML-MBPC、DML-MBOC、DML-OCHP、DML-PCHP、DML-PC、DML-PTBP、DML-34X、DML-EP、DML-POP、dimethylolBisOC-P、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-MTrisPC(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-290(商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol、2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol、2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresolなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM4) include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), DML-MBPC, DML-MBOC, DML-OCHP, DML-PCHP, DML -PC, DML-PTBP, DML-34X, DML-EP, DML-POP, dimethylol BisOC-P, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-MTrisPC (trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-290 (trade name, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-4-t-butylphenol, 2,6-dimethoxymethyl-p-cresol, 2,6-diacetoxymethyl-p-cresol, etc. Be
また、式(AM5)で示される化合物の具体例としては、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPA、TMOM-BP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上、商品名、本州化学工業(株)製)、TM-BIP-A(商品名、旭有機材工業(株)製)、NIKALAC MX-280、NIKALAC MX-270、NIKALAC MW-100LM(以上、商品名、(株)三和ケミカル製)が挙げられる。 In addition, specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AM5) include TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPA, TMOM-BP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (trade name, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TM-BIP-A (trade name, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC MX-280, NIKALAC MX-270, NIKALAC MW-100LM (trade names, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.).
(エポキシ化合物(エポキシ基を有する化合物))
エポキシ化合物としては、一分子中にエポキシ基を2以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基は、200℃以下で架橋反応し、かつ、架橋に由来する脱水反応が起こらないため膜収縮が起きにくい。このため、エポキシ化合物を含有することは、組成物の低温硬化および反りの抑制に効果的である。
(Epoxy compound (compound having an epoxy group))
The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. The epoxy group crosslinks at a temperature of 200 ° C. or less, and a film contraction does not easily occur because a dehydration reaction derived from the crosslinking does not occur. For this reason, containing an epoxy compound is effective for suppressing the low temperature curing and warpage of the composition.
エポキシ化合物は、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有することが好ましい。これにより、より弾性率が低下し、また反りを抑制することができる。ポリエチレンオキサイド基は、エチレンオキサイドの構成単位数が2以上のものを意味し、構成単位数が2~15であることが好ましい。 The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. By this, the elastic modulus can be further reduced, and warpage can be suppressed. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of structural units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of structural units is preferably 2 to 15.
エポキシ化合物の例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂;プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル等のポリアルキレングリコール型エポキシ樹脂;ポリメチル(グリシジロキシプロピル)シロキサン等のエポキシ基含有シリコーンなどを挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。具体的には、エピクロン(登録商標)850-S、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4032、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-7200、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-820、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4700、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4710、エピクロン(登録商標)HP-4770、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-859CRP、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-1514、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4850-150、エピクロンEXA-4850-1000、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4816、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822(以上商品名、DIC(株)製)、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60E(商品名、新日本理化(株))、EP-4003S、EP-4000S(以上商品名、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。この中でも、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するエポキシ樹脂が、反りの抑制および耐熱性に優れる点で好ましい。例えば、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4880、エピクロン(登録商標)EXA-4822、リカレジン(登録商標)BEO-60Eは、ポリエチレンオキサイド基を含有するので好ましい。 Examples of epoxy compounds are: bisphenol A type epoxy resin; bisphenol F type epoxy resin; alkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as propylene glycol diglycidyl ether; polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resin such as polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether; Examples include epoxy group-containing silicones such as (oxypropyl) siloxane and the like, but are not limited thereto. Specifically, Epiclon (registered trademark) 850-S, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4032, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-7200, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-820, Epiclon (registered trademark) HP-4700, Epiclon (R) EXA-4710, Epiclon (R) HP-4770, Epiclon (R) EXA-859 CRP, Epiclon (R) EXA-1514, Epiclon (R) EXA-4880, Epiclon (R) EXA-4850-150, Epiclon EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4816, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822 (trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Lica resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E (Brand name, Shin Nippon Rika Co., Ltd.), EP- 003S, EP-4000S (trade names, Co., Ltd. ADEKA), and the like. Among these, the epoxy resin containing a polyethylene oxide group is preferable at the point which is excellent in suppression of curvature, and heat resistance. For example, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4880, Epiclon (registered trademark) EXA-4822, and Rikaresin (registered trademark) BEO-60E are preferable because they contain polyethylene oxide groups.
(オキセタン化合物(オキセタニル基を有する化合物))
オキセタン化合物としては、一分子中にオキセタン環を2つ以上有する化合物、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン、1,4-ビス{[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メトキシ]メチル}ベンゼン、3-エチル-3-(2-エチルヘキシルメチル)オキセタン、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸-ビス[(3-エチル-3-オキセタニル)メチル]エステル等を挙げることができる。具体的な例としては、東亞合成株式会社製のアロンオキセタンシリーズ(例えば、OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223)が好適に使用することができ、これらは単独で、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。
(Oxetane Compound (Compound Having an Oxetanyl Group))
Examples of oxetane compounds include compounds having two or more oxetane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyl oxetane, 1,4-bis {[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methoxy] methyl} benzene, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (2-ethylhexylmethyl) oxetane and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis [(3-ethyl-3-oxetanyl) methyl] ester. As a specific example, Aron oxetane series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. can be suitably used, and these can be used alone or Two or more may be mixed.
(ベンゾオキサジン化合物(ベンゾオキサゾリル基を有する化合物))
ベンゾオキサジン化合物は、開環付加反応に由来する架橋反応のため、硬化時に脱ガスが発生せず、さらに熱収縮を小さくして反りの発生が抑えられることから好ましい。
(Benzoxazine compound (compound having a benzoxazolyl group))
The benzoxazine compounds are preferable because they do not generate degassing during curing due to the crosslinking reaction derived from the ring opening addition reaction, and further, the thermal shrinkage is reduced and the occurrence of warpage is suppressed.
ベンゾオキサジン化合物の好ましい例としては、B-a型ベンゾオキサジン、B-m型ベンゾオキサジン(以上、商品名、四国化成工業社製)、ポリヒドロキシスチレン樹脂のベンゾオキサジン付加物、フェノールノボラック型ジヒドロベンゾオキサジン化合物が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いるか、あるいは2種以上混合してもよい。 Preferred examples of the benzoxazine compound include B-a type benzoxazine, B-m type benzoxazine (all trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), benzoxazine adduct of polyhydroxystyrene resin, phenol novolac type dihydrobenzo An oxazine compound is mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
重合性化合物を含有する場合、その含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0質量%超60質量%以下であることが好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を併用する場合にはその合計量が上記の範囲となることが好ましい。
When the polymerizable compound is contained, the content is preferably more than 0% by mass and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less and still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
Although a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, you may mix and use 2 or more types. When using 2 or more types together, it is preferable that the total amount becomes said range.
<マイグレーション抑制剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、さらにマイグレーション抑制剤を含むことが好ましい。マイグレーション抑制剤を含むことにより、金属層(金属配線)由来の金属イオンが感光性樹脂組成物層内へ移動することを効果的に抑制可能となる。
マイグレーション抑制剤としては、特に制限はないが、複素環(ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、イソチアゾール環、テトラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、モルホリン環、2H-ピラン環および6H-ピラン環、トリアジン環)を有する化合物、チオ尿素類およびメルカプト基を有する化合物、ヒンダードフェノール系化合物、サリチル酸誘導体系化合物、ヒドラジド誘導体系化合物が挙げられる。特に、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系化合物、1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニルテトラゾール等のテトラゾール系化合物が好ましく使用できる。
<Migration inhibitor>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By including the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively suppress migration of metal ions derived from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the photosensitive resin composition layer.
The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, but a heterocyclic ring (a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isoxazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, Compounds having pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds having thioureas and mercapto group, hindered phenol compounds And salicylic acid derivative compounds and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
また、ハロゲンイオンなどの陰イオンを捕捉するイオントラップ剤を使用することもできる。 In addition, ion trap agents that capture anions such as halogen ions can also be used.
その他のマイグレーション抑制剤としては、特開2013-15701号公報の段落0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-59656号公報の段落0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落0114、0116および0118に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。 Examples of other migration inhibitors include rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of JP-A-2013-15701, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of JP-A-2009-283711, and JP-A-2011-59656. The compounds described in paragraph 0052, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A, and the like can be used.
マイグレーション抑制剤の具体例としては、下記化合物を挙げることができる。
感光性樹脂組成物がマイグレーション抑制剤を有する場合、マイグレーション抑制剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~2.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
マイグレーション抑制剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。マイグレーション抑制剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the photosensitive resin composition has a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and 0 The content is more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
The migration inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more migration inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことが好ましい。
重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、1,4-ベンゾキノン、ジフェニル-p-ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、フェノチアジン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシアミンアンモニウム塩、ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-tert-ブチル)フェニルメタンなどが好適に用いられる。また、特開2015-127817号公報の段落0060に記載の重合禁止剤、および、国際公開WO2015/125469号の段落0031~0046に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
また、下記化合物を用いることができる(Meはメチル基である)。
重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butyl catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4 ' -Thiobis (3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, phenothiazine, N-nitrosodiphenylamine N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1 -Nitroso 2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5- (N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino) phenol, N-nitroso-N- (1-naphthyl) hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis (4) Preferably, -hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl) phenylmethane or the like is used. Furthermore, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of JP-A-2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication WO 2015/125469 can also be used.
In addition, the following compounds can be used (Me is a methyl group).
The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more polymerization inhibitors are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<金属接着性改良剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含んでいることが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤としては、シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。
Metal adhesion improver
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving the adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wiring and the like. Examples of the metal adhesion improver include silane coupling agents.
シランカップリング剤の例としては、特開2014-191002号公報の段落0062~0073に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2011/080992A1号の段落0063~0071に記載の化合物、特開2014-191252号公報の段落0060~0061に記載の化合物、特開2014-41264号公報の段落0045~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2014/097594号の段落0055に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落0050~0058に記載のように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。また、シランカップリング剤は、下記化合物を用いることも好ましい。以下の式中、Etはエチル基を表す。
また、金属接着性改良剤は、特開2014-186186号公報の段落0046~0049に記載の化合物、特開2013-072935号公報の段落0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物を用いることもできる。 As the metal adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186, and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used.
金属接着性改良剤の含有量はポリマー前駆体100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30質量部であり、より好ましくは0.5~15質量部の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは0.5~5質量部の範囲である。上記下限値以上とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜と金属層との接着性が良好となり、上記上限値以下とすることで硬化工程後の硬化膜の耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the metal adhesion modifier is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor. And in the range of 5 to 5 parts by mass. By setting it as the said lower limit or more, the adhesiveness of the cured film after a hardening process and a metal layer becomes favorable, and the heat resistance of the cured film after a hardening process and mechanical characteristics become favorable by below the said upper limit. The metal adhesion improver may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum is the said range.
<硬化促進剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、硬化促進剤を含んでいてもよい。硬化促進剤は、熱硬化促進剤でも光硬化促進剤でもよい。本発明における光硬化促進剤とは、熱や露光等により塩基を発生するもの(塩基発生剤)であるものが好ましい。
<<熱硬化促進剤>>
熱硬化促進剤は第四級アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩が好ましい。この第四級アンモニウムカチオンは、下記式(Y1-1)~式(Y1-4)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a curing accelerator. The curing accelerator may be a thermal curing accelerator or a light curing accelerator. The photo-curing accelerator in the present invention is preferably one which generates a base by heat, exposure or the like (a base generator).
<< Thermosetting accelerator >>
The heat curing accelerator is preferably a salt of a quaternary ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion. The quaternary ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-4).
RY1は、nY価(nYは、1~12の整数)の有機基を表し、nY価の炭化水素基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、アルカンを含むnY価の基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)、アルケンを含むnY価の基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましく、2~3がさらに好ましい)、芳香族炭化水素を含むnY価の基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)、またはそれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。RY1は中でも芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。RY1は本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で、前述の置換基Tを有していてもよい。
RY2~RY5は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~12がさらに好ましい)を表し、アルキル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~23がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、2~23がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、1~24がより好ましく、1~23がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。このアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基は、環状でも鎖状でもよく、鎖状の場合は、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよい。
RY6はアルキル基(炭素数1~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18がさらに好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18がさらに好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~36が好ましく、2~24がより好ましく、4~18がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)である。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基は環状でも鎖状でもよく、鎖状の場合は、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよい。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基には、基の途中に、あるいは母核との連結に、ヘテロ原子を含む連結基Lhが介在していてもよい。
nYは、1~12の整数を表し、1~6の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましい。
nXは1~12の整数を表し、1~6の整数が好ましく、1~3の整数がさらに好ましい。
RY2~RY6はそれぞれその2つ以上が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
R Y1 represents an organic group having n Y value (n Y is an integer of 1 to 12), and is preferably a hydrocarbon group having n Y value. As a hydrocarbon group, a group having n Y valence containing an alkane (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 and still more preferably 1 to 3), and an n Y valence group containing an alkene (having 2 carbon atoms) To 12 are preferable, 2 to 6 are more preferable, and 2 to 3 are more preferable, and an n Y- valent group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 18), and 6 to 10 Is further preferred), or a combination thereof. Among them, R Y1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group. R Y1 may have the aforementioned substituent T within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
R Y2 to R Y5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 12), and an alkyl group (having a carbon number of 1 to 12) 36 is preferable, 1 to 24 is more preferable, 1 to 23 is more preferable, alkenyl group (having 2 to 36 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 24 is more preferable, and 2 to 23 is more preferable), alkynyl group (carbon number is more preferable) 1 to 36 are preferable, 1 to 24 are more preferable, and 1 to 23 are more preferable, and an aryl group (having 6 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable, 6 to 18 is more preferable, and 6 to 10 is more preferable). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be cyclic or linear, and in the case of chain, they may be linear or branched.
R Y6 is an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, still more preferably 4 to 18), and an alkenyl group (having a carbon number of 2 to 36 preferably, 2 to 24 more preferably, 4 to 18 Is more preferable, an alkynyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 36, more preferably 2 to 24, still more preferably 4 to 18), and an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 22, and more preferably 6 to 18) To 10 are more preferable). The alkyl group, the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be cyclic or linear, and in the case of chain, they may be linear or branched. In the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group and the aryl group, a linking group Lh containing a hetero atom may be present in the middle of the group or in the linkage with the mother nucleus.
n Y represents an integer of 1 to 12, an integer of 1 to 6 is more preferable, and an integer of 1 to 3 is still more preferable.
n X represents an integer of 1 to 12, preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
Two or more of R Y2 to R Y6 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
RY7~RY16はRNと同義の基である。式(Y1-2)において、RY7およびRY8はカルボキシアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい;カルボキシル基の数は1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。RY9は芳香族基が好ましく、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。あるいは、芳香族基が置換したアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましい(アルコキシル基は炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい、芳香族基は炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~18がより好ましく、6~14がさらに好ましい)。式(Y1-3)において、RY11およびRY13は水素原子であることが好ましい。RY14およびRY15は2つが組み合わさって、=C(NRN 2)2の形の置換基になっていてもよい( = は二重結合で窒素原子に結合することを意味する)。式(Y1-4)において、RY13は水素原子であることが好ましく、RY10、RY11、RY12、RY16はアルキル基(炭素数1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい)であることが好ましい。このとき、RY11とRY16、RY10とRY12が結合して環を形成しビシクロ化合物となっていることが好ましい。具体的には、ジアザビシクロノネン、ジアザビシクロウンデセンが挙げられる。 R Y7 to R Y16 are groups having the same meaning as R N. In the formula (Y1-2), each of R Y7 and R Y8 is a carboxyalkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3; the number of carboxyl groups is preferably 1 to 12) , 1 to 6 is more preferable, and 1 to 3 is further preferable). R Y9 is preferably an aromatic group, and is preferably an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms). Alternatively, an alkoxycarbonyl group substituted with an aromatic group is preferable (the alkoxyl group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6, still more preferably 1 to 3), and the aromatic group preferably has 6 to 22 carbon atoms , 6 to 18 are more preferable, and 6 to 14 are further preferable). In formula (Y1-3), R Y11 and R Y13 are preferably hydrogen atoms. R Y14 and R Y15 is I two are combined, = C (NR N 2) may be in a two forms of substituents (= means that attached to the nitrogen atom by a double bond). In formula (Y1-4), R Y13 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and R Y10 , R Y11 , R Y12 and R Y16 are each an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, It is preferable that ~ 3 is more preferable. In this case, it is preferable that a R Y11 and R Y16, R Y10 and R Y12 are bonded to form a ring bicyclo compound. Specifically, diazabicyclononene and diazabicycloundecene can be mentioned.
本実施形態において、上記式(Y1-1)、式(Y1-3)および式(Y1-4)の第四級アンモニウムカチオンと対になるカルボン酸アニオンは、下記式(X1)で表されることが好ましい。
本実施形態において電子求引性基とは、ハメットの置換基定数σmが正の値を示すものを意味する。ここでσmは、都野雄甫総説、有機合成化学協会誌第23巻第8号(1965)p.631-642に詳しく説明されている。なお、本実施形態における電子求引性基は、上記文献に記載された置換基に限定されるものではない。
σmが正の値を示す置換基の例としては例えば、CF3基(σm=0.43)、CF3CO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2=CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、H2NCOCH2基(σm=0.06)などが挙げられる。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す(以下、同じ)。
In the present embodiment, the electron-withdrawing group means one having a positive value of Hammett's substituent constant σm. Here, σ m is a Y. Tono review, Journal of Organic Synthetic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) p. 631-642. In addition, the electron withdrawing group in this embodiment is not limited to the substituent described in the said literature.
Examples of the substituent having a positive value of σ m include, for example, CF 3 group (σ m = 0.43), CF 3 CO group (σ m = 0.63), HC≡C group (σ m = 0.21), CH 2 = CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOCO group (σm = 0.37), MeCOCH = CH group (σm = 0.21), PhCO group (.sigma.m = 0.34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σ m = 0.06), and the like. Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group (the same applies hereinafter).
EWGは、下記式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)で表される基であることが好ましい。
Npは1~6の整数を表し、1~3の整数が好ましく、1または2がより好ましい。
EWG is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
Np represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
本発明における熱硬化促進剤の分子量は、好ましくは、100以上2000未満であり、より好ましくは200~1000である。
本発明における熱硬化促進剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例で用いる化合物の他、WO2015/199219号公報に記載の40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物およびpKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンを有するアンモニウム塩が例示され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
The molecular weight of the thermosetting accelerator in the present invention is preferably 100 or more and less than 2000, more preferably 200 to 1000.
Specific examples of the thermosetting accelerator in the present invention include, in addition to the compounds used in the examples described later, an acidic compound which generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or more described in WO 2015/199219 and a pKa 1 of 0-4. Examples are ammonium salts having an anion and an ammonium cation, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
熱硬化促進剤を用いる場合、組成物における熱硬化促進剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.05質量%以上がより好ましく、0.1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、10質量%以下がより好ましく、5質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
熱硬化促進剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物は、熱硬化促進剤を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%未満であることをいい、0.005質量%未満であることがより好ましい。
When a heat curing accelerator is used, the content of the heat curing accelerator in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and further preferably 0.1% by mass or more. 10 mass% or less is more preferable, and, as for the upper limit, 5 mass% or less is more preferable.
The heat curing accelerator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range. Moreover, the composition of this invention can also be set as the structure which does not contain a thermosetting accelerator substantially. Substantially free means less than 0.01% by mass, and more preferably less than 0.005% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
<その他の添加剤>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じて、各種の添加物、例えば、増感色素、連鎖移動剤、界面活性剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量は組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives, for example, sensitizing dyes, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, as needed, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. A curing agent, a curing catalyst, a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an aggregation inhibitor, etc. can be blended. When these additives are blended, the total blending amount is preferably 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the composition.
<<熱酸発生剤>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、熱酸発生剤を含んでいてもよい。熱酸発生剤は、加熱により酸を発生し、ポリマー前駆体の環化を促進し硬化膜の機械特性をより向上させる。熱酸発生剤は、特開2013-167742号公報の段落0059に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。
<< Thermal acid generator >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator generates an acid upon heating, promotes cyclization of the polymer precursor and further improves the mechanical properties of the cured film. Examples of the thermal acid generator include compounds described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742.
熱酸発生剤の含有量は、ポリマー前駆体100質量部に対して0.01質量部以上が好ましく、0.1質量部以上がより好ましい。熱酸発生剤を0.01質量部以上含有することで、架橋反応およびポリマー前駆体の環化が促進されるため、硬化膜の機械特性および耐薬品性をより向上させることができる。また、熱酸発生剤の含有量は、硬化膜の電気絶縁性の観点から、20質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましく、10質量部以下がさらに好ましい。
熱酸発生剤は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
0.01 mass part or more is preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of polymer precursors, and, as for content of a thermal acid generator, 0.1 mass part or more is more preferable. By containing 0.01 mass part or more of thermal acid generators, since a crosslinking reaction and cyclization of a polymer precursor are accelerated | stimulated, the mechanical property and chemical resistance of a cured film can be improved more. In addition, the content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the cured film.
The thermal acid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes said range.
<<増感色素>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、増感色素を含んでいてもよい。増感色素は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感色素は、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用が生じる。これにより、熱硬化促進剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸あるいは塩基を生成する。増感色素の詳細については、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0161~0163の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<< sensitizing dye >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. The sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation to be in an electronically excited state. The sensitizing dye in the electronically excited state is brought into contact with a heat curing accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator and the like to produce actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, heat generation and the like. As a result, the heat curing accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photo radical polymerization initiator undergo a chemical change and decompose to form a radical, an acid or a base. The details of the sensitizing dye can be referred to the description of paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of JP-A-2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が増感色素を含む場合、増感色素の含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~15質量%であることがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%であることがさらに好ましい。増感色素は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is 0.01 to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The content is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. The sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<<連鎖移動剤>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、およびGeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカルに水素を供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、もしくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成しうる。特に、チオール化合物(例えば、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズオキサゾール類、3-メルカプトトリアゾール類、5-メルカプトテトラゾール類等)を好ましく用いることができる。
<< chain transfer agent >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary Third Edition (edited by the Polymer Society of Japan, 2005), pp. 683-684. As a chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to a low activity radical to form a radical or be oxidized and then deprotonated to form a radical. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazole, etc.) can be preferably used.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、1~10質量部がより好ましく、1~5質量部がさらに好ましい。連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention The amount is preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass. The chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more chain transfer agents are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種類の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種類の界面活性剤を使用できる。また、下記界面活性剤も好ましい。
Each kind of surfactant may be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property. As the surfactant, various types of surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The following surfactants are also preferred.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably present, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more surfactants are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<<高級脂肪酸誘導体>>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、酸素に起因する重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程で組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体を有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体の含有量は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。高級脂肪酸誘導体は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<< Higher fatty acid derivatives >>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is added with a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide in order to prevent polymerization inhibition caused by oxygen, and the surface of the composition in the process of drying after coating It may be unevenly distributed.
When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Is preferred. The higher fatty acid derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are used, the total is preferably in the above range.
<その他の含有物質についての制限>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面性状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満がさらに好ましい。
<Restrictions on other contained substances>
From the viewpoint of coated surface properties, the water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and still more preferably less than 0.6% by mass.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm(parts per million)未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
また、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルターろ過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフロロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。
From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by weight (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 ppm by weight, and still more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by weight. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
In addition, as a method of reducing metal impurities which are unintentionally contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, a raw material having a small metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. A method of filtering the raw material constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the invention, distilling under the condition in which the inside of the apparatus is lined with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like to minimize contamination as much as possible be able to.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、半導体材料としての用途を考慮すると、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子および臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子および臭素原子、あるいは塩素イオンおよび臭素イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。 Considering the use as a semiconductor material, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably has a halogen atom content of less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. Less than ppm is more preferred. Among them, those less than 5 mass ppm are preferable, those less than 1 mass ppm are more preferable, and less than 0.5 mass ppm is more preferable. The halogen atom includes a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. It is preferable that the sum total of a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, or a chloride ion and a bromide ion is respectively in the above range.
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物の収納容器としては従来公知の収納容器を用いることができる。また、収納容器としては、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成された多層ボトルや、6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。 A conventionally known storage container can be used as a storage container of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. In addition, as the storage container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials and the composition, the inner wall of the container is made of a multilayer bottle consisting of 6 kinds of resin and 6 layers of resin, and 6 kinds of resin with 7 layers structure It is also preferred to use a bottle which has been As such a container, for example, the container described in JP-A-2015-123351 can be mentioned.
<組成物の調製>
本発明の感光性樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
また、組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルター孔径は、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルターろ過工程では、複数種のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回ろ過してもよい。複数回ろ過する場合は、循環ろ過であってもよい。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよい。加圧してろ過を行う場合、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いた不純物の除去処理を行ってもよい。フィルターろ過と吸着材を用いた不純物除去処理とを組み合わせてもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができる。例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
<Preparation of composition>
The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be carried out by a conventionally known method.
Moreover, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and particles in the composition. 1 micrometer or less is preferable, 0.5 micrometer or less is more preferable, and 0.1 micrometer or less is further more preferable. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be one previously washed with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using multiple types of filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials may be used in combination. In addition, various materials may be filtered multiple times. In the case of multiple filtration, circulation filtration may be used. Moreover, you may pressurize and filter. When pressurizing and filtering, the pressure applied is preferably 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, removal of impurities using an adsorbent may be performed. Filter filtration may be combined with impurity removal treatment using an adsorbent. A known adsorbent can be used as the adsorbent. Examples include inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
<硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法>
次に、硬化膜、積層体、半導体デバイス、およびそれらの製造方法について説明する。
本発明の硬化膜は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる。本発明の硬化膜の膜厚は、例えば、0.5μm以上とすることができ、1μm以上とすることができる。また、上限値としては、100μm以下とすることができ、30μm以下とすることもできる。
Cured Film, Laminate, Semiconductor Device, and Method of Manufacturing the Same
Next, a cured film, a laminate, a semiconductor device, and a method of manufacturing them will be described.
The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, and can be 1 μm or more. Moreover, as an upper limit, it can be 100 micrometers or less, and can also be 30 micrometers or less.
本発明の硬化膜を2層以上、さらには、3~7層積層して積層体としてもよい。本発明の硬化膜を2層以上有する積層体は、硬化膜の間に金属層を有する態様が好ましい。このような金属層は、再配線層などの金属配線として好ましく用いられる。 The cured film of the present invention may be laminated in two or more layers, and further three to seven layers to form a laminate. The embodiment having a metal layer between the cured films is preferable for the laminate having two or more layers of the cured film of the present invention. Such a metal layer is preferably used as a metal wiring such as a rewiring layer.
本発明の硬化膜の適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜、ストレスバッファ膜などが挙げられる。そのほか、封止フィルム、基板材料(フレキシブルプリント基板のベースフィルムやカバーレイ、層間絶縁膜)、あるいは上記のような実装用途の絶縁膜をエッチングでパターン形成することなどが挙げられる。これらの用途については、例えば、サイエンス&テクノロジー株式会社「ポリイミドの高機能化と応用技術」2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMCテクニカルライブラリー「ポリイミド材料の基礎と開発」2011年11月発行、日本ポリイミド・芳香族系高分子研究会/編「最新ポリイミド 基礎と応用」エヌ・ティー・エス,2010年8月等を参照することができる。 As an applicable field | area of the cured film of this invention, the insulating film of a semiconductor device, the interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers, a stress buffer film etc. are mentioned. In addition, forming a pattern by etching a sealing film, a substrate material (a base film or a cover lay of a flexible printed substrate, an interlayer insulating film), or an insulating film for mounting application as described above may be mentioned. For these applications, for example, Science & Technology Co., Ltd. “Functionalization of polyimide and its application technology” April 2008, Masaaki Enomoto / Supervised, CMC technical library “Basic and development of polyimide material” published in November 2011 Japan Polyimide / Aromatic Polymer Research Group / Editing “Latest Polyimide Basics and Applications” NTS, August 2010, etc. can be referred to.
また、本発明における硬化膜は、オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチングへの使用、エレクトロニクス、特に、マイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などにも用いることもできる。 The cured film according to the invention can also be used for the production of printing plates, such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, for use in the etching of molded parts, for the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular in microelectronics.
本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を用いることを含む。具体的には、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜を形成する膜形成工程(層状にする層形成工程)と、層状にした感光性樹脂組成物を80~450℃で加熱する加熱工程とを含む。好ましくは、硬化膜の製造方法は、上記の膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後、膜を露光する露光工程と、上記露光された感光性樹脂組成物層(膜、すなわち、樹脂層)に対して、現像処理を行う現像処理工程とを有する製造方法が挙げられる。この現像の後、加熱(好ましくは80~450℃で加熱)することで露光された樹脂層をさらに硬化させることができる。なお、上記のとおり、感光性樹脂組成物を用いる場合には、あらかじめ露光により組成物を硬化しておき、その後に必要により所望の加工(例えば下記の積層)を施して、さらに加熱により硬化させることができる。 The method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Specifically, a film forming step (layer forming step to form a layer) in which a film is formed by applying the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a substrate and a photosensitive resin composition formed into a layer at 80 to 450 ° C. And a heating step of heating. Preferably, the method for producing a cured film includes an exposure step of exposing the film after the film formation step (layer formation step) and a photosensitive resin composition layer (film, ie, resin layer) exposed as described above. On the other hand, there is a manufacturing method including a development processing step of performing development processing. After this development, the exposed resin layer can be further cured by heating (preferably heating at 80 to 450 ° C.). As described above, in the case of using the photosensitive resin composition, the composition is previously cured by exposure, and thereafter, if necessary, desired processing (for example, the following lamination) is performed, and curing is further performed by heating. be able to.
本発明の積層体の製造方法は、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法を含む。本発明の積層体の製造方法は、上記の硬化膜の製造方法に従って、硬化膜を形成後、さらに、再度、感光性樹脂組成物の膜形成工程(層形成工程)および加熱工程、あるいは、感光性を付した場合には、膜形成工程(層形成工程)、露光工程、および現像処理工程(必要によりさらに加熱工程)を、上記順に行うことが好ましい。特に、上記各工程を順に、複数回、例えば、2~5回(すなわち、合計で3~6回)行うことが好ましい。このように硬化膜を積層することにより、積層体とすることができる。本発明では特に硬化膜を設けた部分の上または硬化膜の間、あるいはその両者に金属層を設けることが好ましい。
以下これらの詳細を説明する。
The method for producing a laminate of the present invention includes the method for producing a cured film of the present invention. According to the method for producing a laminate of the present invention, after the cured film is formed according to the method for producing a cured film described above, the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step of the photosensitive resin composition are further repeated. In the case of imparting properties, it is preferable to perform the film formation step (layer formation step), the exposure step, and the development treatment step (additional heating step, if necessary) in the above order. In particular, it is preferable to carry out each of the above steps in sequence several times, for example, 2 to 5 times (ie, 3 to 6 times in total). By laminating the cured film in this manner, a laminate can be obtained. In the present invention, in particular, it is preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion provided with the cured film, or between the cured films, or both.
Details of these will be described below.
<<膜形成工程(層形成工程)>>
本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る製造方法は、感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用して膜(層状)にする、膜形成工程(層形成工程)を含む。
基板の種類は、用途に応じて適宜定めることができるが、シリコン、窒化シリコン、ポリシリコン、酸化シリコン、アモルファスシリコンなどの半導体作製基板、石英、ガラス、光学フィルム、セラミック材料、蒸着膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Feなどの金属基板、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass)、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)アレイ基板、プラズマディスプレイパネル(PDP)の電極板など特に制約されない。本発明では、特に、半導体作製基板が好ましく、シリコン基板がより好ましい。
また、樹脂層の表面や金属層の表面に感光性樹脂組成物層を形成する場合は、樹脂層や金属層が基板となる。
感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する手段としては、塗布が好ましい。
具体的には、適用する手段としては、ディップコート法、エアーナイフコート法、カーテンコート法、ワイヤーバーコート法、グラビアコート法、エクストルージョンコート法、スプレーコート法、スピンコート法、スリットコート法、およびインクジェット法などが例示される。感光性樹脂組成物層の厚さの均一性の観点から、より好ましくはスピンコート法、スリットコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法である。方法に応じて適切な固形分濃度や塗布条件を調整することで、所望の厚さの樹脂層を得ることができる。また、基板の形状によっても塗布方法を適宜選択でき、ウェハ等の円形基板であればスピンコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましく、矩形基板であればスリットコート法やスプレーコート法、インクジェット法等が好ましい。スピンコート法の場合は、例えば、500~2000rpmの回転数で、10秒~1分程度適用することができる。
<< film formation process (layer formation process) >>
The manufacturing method according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film forming step (layer forming step) of applying a photosensitive resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layered).
The type of substrate can be appropriately determined depending on the application, but a semiconductor production substrate such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, vapor deposited film, magnetic film No particular limitation is imposed on a reflection film, a metal substrate such as Ni, Cu, Cr, or Fe, paper, an SOG (Spin On Glass), a TFT (thin film transistor) array substrate, an electrode plate of a plasma display panel (PDP), or the like. In the present invention, in particular, a semiconductor production substrate is preferable, and a silicon substrate is more preferable.
When the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer is the substrate.
As a means to apply the photosensitive resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferable.
Specifically, as means for application, dip coating method, air knife coating method, curtain coating method, wire bar coating method, gravure coating method, extrusion coating method, spray coating method, spin coating method, slit coating method, And an inkjet method. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet are more preferable. A resin layer having a desired thickness can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration and application conditions appropriately according to the method. Also, the coating method can be appropriately selected depending on the shape of the substrate, and if it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating method, spray coating method, ink jet method etc. are preferable, and if it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating method, spray coating method, ink jet The law is preferred. In the case of the spin coating method, for example, it can be applied at a rotational speed of 500 to 2000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute.
<<乾燥工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、感光性樹脂組成物層を形成後、膜形成工程(層形成工程)の後に、溶剤を除去するために乾燥する工程を含んでいてもよい。好ましい乾燥温度は50~150℃で、70℃~130℃がより好ましく、90℃~110℃がさらに好ましい。乾燥時間としては、30秒~20分が例示され、1分~10分が好ましく、3分~7分がより好ましい。
<< Drying process >>
The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a step of drying to remove the solvent after the film forming step (layer forming step) after forming the photosensitive resin composition layer. The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150 ° C., more preferably 70 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 90 ° C. to 110 ° C. The drying time is, for example, 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 to 10 minutes, and more preferably 3 to 7 minutes.
<<露光工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、上記感光性樹脂組成物層を露光する露光工程を含んでもよい。露光量は、感光性樹脂組成物を硬化できる限り特に定めるものではないが、例えば、波長365nmでの露光エネルギー換算で100~10000mJ/cm2照射することが好ましく、200~8000mJ/cm2照射することがより好ましい。
露光波長は、190~1000nmの範囲で適宜定めることができ、240~550nmが好ましい。
露光波長は、光源との関係でいうと、(1)半導体レーザー(波長 830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm etc.)、(2)メタルハライドランプ、(3)高圧水銀灯、g線(波長 436nm)、h線(波長 405nm)、i線(波長 365nm)、ブロード(g,h,i線の3波長)、(4)エキシマレーザー、KrFエキシマレーザー(波長 248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(波長 193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(波長 157nm)、(5)極端紫外線;EUV(波長 13.6nm)、(6)電子線等が挙げられる。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物については、特に高圧水銀灯による露光が好ましく、なかでも、i線による露光が好ましい。これにより、特に高い露光感度が得られうる。
<< exposure step >>
The manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition layer. The amount of exposure is not particularly limited as long as the photosensitive resin composition can be cured, but for example, irradiation of 100 to 10000 mJ / cm 2 is preferable in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm, and irradiation of 200 to 8000 mJ / cm 2 Is more preferred.
The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined in the range of 190 to 1000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
The exposure wavelength is (1) semiconductor laser (wavelength 830 nm, 532 nm, 488 nm, 405 nm etc.), (2) metal halide lamp, (3) high pressure mercury lamp, g line (wavelength 436 nm), h Line (wavelength 405 nm), i line (365 nm wavelength), broad (3 wavelengths of g, h, i line), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248 nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193 nm), F2 excimer Laser (wavelength: 157 nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength: 13.6 nm), (6) electron beam, etc. may be mentioned. With respect to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, in particular, exposure with a high pressure mercury lamp is preferable, and in particular, exposure with i-line is preferable. Thereby, particularly high exposure sensitivity can be obtained.
<<現像処理工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、露光された感光性樹脂組成物層に対して、現像処理を行う現像処理工程を含んでもよい。現像を行うことにより、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去される。現像方法は、所望のパターンを形成できれば特に制限は無く、例えば、パドル、スプレー、浸漬、超音波等の現像方法が採用可能である。
現像は現像液を用いて行う。現像液は、露光されていない部分(非露光部)が除去されるのであれば、特に制限なく使用できる。現像液は、有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、現像液が有機溶剤を90%以上含むことがより好ましい。本発明では、現像液は、ClogP値が-1~5の有機溶剤を含むことが好ましく、ClogP値が0~3の有機溶剤を含むことがより好ましい。ClogP値は、ChemBioDrawにて構造式を入力して計算値として求めることができる。
有機溶剤は、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトン、δ-バレロラクトン、アルキルオキシ酢酸アルキル(例:アルキルオキシ酢酸メチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸エチル、アルキルオキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-アルキルオキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-アルキルオキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、ならびに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、ならびに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、ならびに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、リモネン等、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。
本発明では、特にシクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましく、シクロペンタノンがより好ましい。
現像液は、50質量%以上が有機溶剤であることが好ましく、70質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上が有機溶剤であることがさらに好ましい。また、現像液は、100質量%が有機溶剤であってもよい。
<< Development processing process >>
The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a development treatment step of performing development treatment on the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer. By performing development, the unexposed part (non-exposed part) is removed. The development method is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and, for example, development methods such as paddle, spray, immersion, and ultrasonic waves can be employed.
Development is performed using a developer. The developer can be used without particular limitation as long as the unexposed area (non-exposed area) is removed. The developer preferably contains an organic solvent, and more preferably the developer contains 90% or more of the organic solvent. In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of −1 to 5, and more preferably an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
The organic solvent is, for example, esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone Ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl alkyl oxyacetate, ethyl alkyl oxy acetate, butyl alkyl oxy acetate (eg methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, Ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.), 3-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 3-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkyloxypropionate etc etc. (eg methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate) Ethyl propionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate etc.), 2-alkyloxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg: methyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkyloxypropionate, 2 -Propyl alkyl oxypropionate etc. (eg methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-alkyl Methyl oxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkyloxy-2-methylpropionate (eg methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate etc.), methyl pyruvate , Pyruvate Ethyl, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc., and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc. As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene and the like And dimethyl sulfoxide are preferably mentioned as sulfoxides.
In the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferable, and cyclopentanone is more preferable.
The developer preferably has 50% by mass or more of the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the organic solvent, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more of the organic solvent. Further, 100% by mass of the developer may be an organic solvent.
現像時間としては、10秒~5分が好ましい。現像時の現像液の温度は、特に定めるものではないが、通常、20~40℃で行うことができる。
現像液を用いた処理の後、さらに、リンスを行ってもよい。リンスは、現像液とは異なる溶剤で行うことが好ましい。例えば、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤を用いてリンスすることができる。リンス時間は、5秒~1分が好ましい。
The development time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution at the time of development is not particularly limited, but it can usually be carried out at 20 to 40.degree.
After the treatment with the developer, rinsing may be further performed. The rinse is preferably performed with a solvent different from the developer. For example, it can rinse using the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition. The rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
<<加熱工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、膜形成工程(層形成工程)、乾燥工程、または現像工程の後に加熱する工程を含むことが好ましい。加熱工程では、ポリマー前駆体の環化反応が進行する。また、本発明の組成物はポリマー前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物を含ませてもよいが、未反応のポリマー前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物の硬化などもこの工程で進行させることができる。加熱工程における層の加熱温度(最高加熱温度)としては、50~500℃が好ましく、80~450℃がより好ましく、140~350℃がさらに好ましく、160~250℃が一層好ましく、170~220度が最も好ましい。
加熱は、加熱開始時の温度から最高加熱温度まで1~12℃/分の昇温速度で行うことが好ましく、2~10℃/分がより好ましく、3~10℃/分がさらに好ましい。昇温速度を1℃/分以上とすることにより、生産性を確保しつつ、アミンの過剰な揮発を防止することができ、昇温速度を12℃/分以下とすることにより、硬化膜の残存応力を緩和することができる。
加熱開始時の温度は、20℃~150℃が好ましく、20℃~130℃がより好ましく、25℃~120℃がさらに好ましい。加熱開始時の温度は、最高加熱温度まで加熱する工程を開始する際の温度のことをいう。例えば、感光性樹脂組成物を基板の上に適用した後、乾燥させる場合、この乾燥後の膜(層)の温度であり、例えば、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の沸点よりも、30~200℃低い温度から徐々に昇温させることが好ましい。
加熱時間(最高加熱温度での加熱時間)は、10~360分であることが好ましく、20~300分であることがより好ましく、30~240分であることがさらに好ましい。
特に多層の積層体を形成する場合、硬化膜の層間の密着性の観点から、加熱温度は180℃~320℃で加熱することが好ましく、180℃~260℃で加熱することがより好ましい。その理由は定かではないが、この温度とすることで、層間のポリマー前駆体のエチニル基同士が架橋反応を進行しているためと考えられる。
<< Heating process >>
It is preferable that the manufacturing method of this invention includes the process of heating after a film formation process (layer formation process), a drying process, or a image development process. In the heating step, the cyclization reaction of the polymer precursor proceeds. In addition, although the composition of the present invention may contain a radically polymerizable compound other than the polymer precursor, curing of the radically polymerizable compound other than the unreacted polymer precursor can be advanced in this step. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50 to 500 ° C., more preferably 80 to 450 ° C., still more preferably 140 to 350 ° C., still more preferably 160 to 250 ° C., 170 to 220 ° C. Is most preferred.
The heating is preferably performed at a temperature rising rate of 1 to 12 ° C./min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10 ° C./min, still more preferably 3 to 10 ° C./min. By setting the temperature rise rate to 1 ° C./min or more, excessive volatilization of the amine can be prevented while securing productivity, and by setting the temperature rise rate to 12 ° C./min or less, the cured film Residual stress can be relieved.
The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 ° C. to 130 ° C., and still more preferably 25 ° C. to 120 ° C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at which the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature is started. For example, when the photosensitive resin composition is applied on a substrate and then dried, the temperature is the temperature of the film (layer) after the drying, for example, 30% of the boiling point of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition. It is preferable to gradually raise the temperature from a temperature as low as ̃200 ° C.
The heating time (heating time at the maximum heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and still more preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
In particular, in the case of forming a multilayer laminate, the heating temperature is preferably 180 ° C. to 320 ° C., and more preferably 180 ° C. to 260 ° C., from the viewpoint of adhesion between the layers of the cured film. The reason is not clear, but at this temperature, it is considered that the ethynyl groups of the polymer precursor between layers proceed with the crosslinking reaction.
加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、25℃から180℃まで3℃/分で昇温し、180℃にて60分保持し、180℃から200℃まで2℃/分で昇温し、200℃にて120分保持する、といった前処理工程を行ってもよい。前処理工程としての加熱温度は100~200℃が好ましく、110~190℃であることがより好ましく、120~185℃であることがさらに好ましい。この前処理工程においては、米国特許9159547号公報に記載のように紫外線を照射しながら処理することも好ましい。このような前処理工程により膜の特性を向上させることが可能である。前処理工程は10秒間~2時間程度の短い時間で行うとよく、15秒~30分間がより好ましい。前処理は2段階以上のステップとしてもよく、例えば100~150℃の範囲で前処理工程1を行い、その後に150~200℃の範囲で前処理工程2を行ってもよい。
さらに、加熱後冷却してもよく、この場合の冷却速度としては、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
The heating may be performed stepwise. As an example, the temperature is raised from 25 ° C. to 180 ° C. at 3 ° C./min, held at 180 ° C. for 60 minutes, raised from 180 ° C. to 200 ° C. at 2 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 120 minutes And the like may be performed. The heating temperature as the pretreatment step is preferably 100 to 200 ° C., more preferably 110 to 190 ° C., and still more preferably 120 to 185 ° C. In the pretreatment step, it is also preferable to conduct the treatment while irradiating ultraviolet rays as described in US Pat. No. 9,159,547. It is possible to improve the characteristics of the film by such a pretreatment process. The pretreatment step may be performed for a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and more preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment may be performed in two or more steps, for example, the pretreatment step 1 may be performed in the range of 100 to 150 ° C., and then the pretreatment step 2 may be performed in the range of 150 to 200 ° C.
Furthermore, it may be cooled after heating, and in this case, the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./minute.
加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことがポリマー前駆体の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50ppm(体積比)以下が好ましく、20ppm(体積比)以下がより好ましい。 The heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere with a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, argon or the like from the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of the polymer precursor. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less.
<<金属層形成工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、現像処理後の感光性樹脂組成物層の表面に金属層を形成する金属層形成工程を含んでいることが好ましい。
金属層としては、特に限定なく、既存の金属種を使用することができ、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、バナジウム、チタン、クロム、コバルト、金およびタングステンが例示され、銅およびアルミニウムがより好ましく、銅がさらに好ましい。
金属層の形成方法は、特に限定なく、既存の方法を適用することができる。例えば、特開2007-157879号公報、特表2001-521288号公報、特開2004-214501号公報、特開2004-101850号公報に記載された方法を使用することができる。例えば、フォトリソグラフィ、リフトオフ、電解メッキ、無電解メッキ、エッチング、印刷、およびこれらを組み合わせた方法などが考えられる。より具体的には、スパッタリング、フォトリソグラフィおよびエッチングを組み合わせたパターニング方法、フォトリソグラフィと電解メッキを組み合わせたパターニング方法が挙げられる。
金属層の厚さとしては、最も厚肉部で、0.1~50μmが好ましく、1~10μmがより好ましい。
<< metal layer formation process >>
The production method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer after development processing.
As the metal layer, existing metal species can be used without particular limitation, and copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold and tungsten are exemplified, copper and aluminum are more preferable, copper is more preferable. More preferable.
The formation method of a metal layer does not have a limitation in particular, The existing method can be applied. For example, the methods described in JP-A-2007-157879, JP-A-2001-521288, JP-A-2004-214501, and JP-A-2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining these may be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating may be mentioned.
The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and more preferably 1 to 10 μm at the thickest part.
<<積層工程>>
本発明の製造方法は、さらに、積層工程を含むことが好ましい。
積層工程とは、硬化膜(樹脂層)または金属層の表面に、再度、上記膜形成工程(層形成工程)および加熱工程、あるいは、感光性樹脂組成物には、上記膜形成工程(層形成工程)、上記露光工程、および上記現像処理工程を、上記順に行うことを含む一連の工程である。積層工程には、さらに、上記乾燥工程や加熱工程等を含んでいてもよいことは言うまでもない。
積層工程後、さらに積層工程を行う場合には、上記加熱工程後、上記露光工程後、または、上記金属層形成工程後に、さらに、表面活性化処理工程を行ってもよい。表面活性化処理としては、プラズマ処理が例示される。
上記積層工程は、2~5回行うことが好ましく、3~5回行うことがより好ましい。
例えば、樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層/樹脂層/金属層のような、樹脂層が3層以上7層以下の構成が好ましく、3層以上5層以下がさらに好ましい。
すなわち、本発明では特に、金属層を設けた後、さらに、上記金属層を覆うように、上記感光性樹脂組成物の膜形成工程(層形成工程)および加熱工程、あるいは、感光性樹脂組成物には、上記膜形成工程(層形成工程)、上記露光工程、および、上記現像処理工程(必要によりさらに加熱工程)を、上記順に行うことが好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂)を積層する積層工程と、金属層形成工程を交互に行うことにより、感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)と金属層を交互に積層することができる。
<< lamination process >>
The production method of the present invention preferably further includes a lamination step.
In the laminating step, the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step, or the film forming step (layer forming) on the surface of the cured film (resin layer) or the metal layer, is again performed. Step), the exposure step, and the development step are a series of steps including performing in the above order. It goes without saying that the laminating step may further include the above-mentioned drying step, heating step and the like.
When the lamination step is further performed after the lamination step, the surface activation treatment step may be further performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. Plasma treatment is exemplified as the surface activation treatment.
The lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 5 times, and more preferably 3 to 5 times.
For example, a configuration having three or more and seven or less resin layers such as resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer / resin layer / metal layer is preferable, and three or more and five or less layers are more preferable.
That is, in the present invention, in particular, after the metal layer is provided, the film forming step (layer forming step) and the heating step of the photosensitive resin composition, or the photosensitive resin composition so as to cover the metal layer. It is preferable to perform the said film formation process (layer formation process), the said exposure process, and the said development treatment process (if necessary further heating process) in this order. By alternately performing the laminating step of laminating the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin) and the metal layer forming step, the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
本発明は、本発明の硬化膜または積層体を有する半導体デバイスも開示する。本発明の感光性樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜の形成に用いた半導体デバイスの具体例としては、特開2016-027357号公報の段落0213~0218の記載および図1の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device having the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device using the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention for forming an interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, the description of paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of JP-A-2016-027357 and the description of FIG. And their contents are incorporated herein.
以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。「部」、「%」は特に述べない限り、質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, treatment contents, treatment procedures and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Accordingly, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise stated, "parts" and "%" are on a mass basis.
<合成例1>
[ピロメリット酸二無水物、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルおよびベンジルアルコールからのポリイミド前駆体(A-1:ラジカル重合性基を有さないポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
14.06g(64.5ミリモル)のピロメリット酸二無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥)と、14.22g(131.58ミリモル)のベンジルアルコールを、50mLのN-メチルピロリドンに懸濁させ、モレキュラーシーブで乾燥させた。懸濁液を100℃で3時間加熱した。加熱してから数分後に透明な溶液が得られた。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、21.43g(270.9ミリモル)のピリジンおよび90mLのN-メチルピロリドンを加えた。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±4℃に保ちながら16.12g(135.5ミリモル)のSOCl2を10分かけて加えた。SOCl2を加えている間、粘度が増加した。50mLのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、反応混合物を室温で2時間撹拌した。次いで、100mLのN-メチルピロリドンに11.08g(58.7ミリモル)の4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルを溶解させた溶液を、-5~0℃で20分かけて反応混合物に滴下した。次いで、反応混合物を0℃で1時間反応させたのち、エタノールを70g加えて、室温で1晩撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物を5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体をろ過して除き、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再びろ過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、18,000であった。
A-1
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and benzyl alcohol (A-1: polyimide precursor having no radically polymerizable group)]
14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) and 14.22 g (131.58 mmol) of benzyl alcohol are suspended in 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone , Dried over molecular sieves. The suspension was heated to 100 ° C. for 3 hours. A few minutes after heating a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine and 90 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone were added. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -10.degree. C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes, keeping the temperature at -10. +-. 4.degree. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl 2 . After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes at −5 to 0 ° C. Then, the reaction mixture was reacted at 0 ° C. for 1 hour, 70 g of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The polyimide precursor was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The weight average molecular weight of this polyimide precursor was 18,000.
A-1
<合成例2>
[ピロメリット酸二無水物、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルおよび2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-2:ラジカル重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
14.06g(64.5ミリモル)のピロメリット酸二無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)と、16.8g(129ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、20.4gのピリジン(258ミリモル)と、100gのダイグライム(ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル)を混合し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌して、ピロメリット酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、得られたジエステルをSOCl2により塩素化した後、合成例1と同様の方法で4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルでポリイミド前駆体に変換し、合成例1と同様の方法でポリイミド前駆体を得た。このポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、19,000であった。
A-2
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (A-2: polyimide precursor having a radically polymerizable group)]
14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone and 20 4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diglyceme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, the obtained diester is chlorinated with SOCl 2 and converted to a polyimide precursor with 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether by the same method as in Synthesis Example 1, and the polyimide precursor is converted by the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 Obtained. The weight average molecular weight of this polyimide precursor was 19,000.
A-2
<合成例3>
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルおよび2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-3:ラジカル重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
20.0g(64.5ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)と、16.8g(129ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、20.4gのピリジン(258ミリモル)のピリジンと、100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、得られたジエステルをSOCl2により塩素化した後、合成例1と同様の方法で4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテルでポリイミド前駆体に変換し、合成例1と同様の方法でポリイミド前駆体を得た。このポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、18,000であった。
A-3
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (A-3: polyimide precursor having a radically polymerizable group)]
20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone Mix together with 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diglyme and stir at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours to give a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Manufactured. Then, the obtained diester is chlorinated with SOCl 2 and converted to a polyimide precursor with 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether by the same method as in Synthesis Example 1, and the polyimide precursor is converted by the same method as in Synthesis Example 1 Obtained. The weight average molecular weight of this polyimide precursor was 18,000.
A-3
<合成例4>
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニル(オルトトリジン)および2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-4:ラジカル重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
20.0g(64.5ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)と、16.8g(129ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、20.4gのピリジン(258ミリモル)と、100gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートのジエステルを製造した。次いで、得られたジエステルをSOCl2により塩素化した後、合成例1と同様の方法で4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ジメチルビフェニルでポリイミド前駆体に変換し、合成例1と同様の方法でポリイミド前駆体を得た。このポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、19,000であった。
A-4
Polyimide precursors from 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl (ortho tolidine) and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (A-4: radically polymerizable group Synthesis of polyimide precursor having
20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone Were mixed with 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol) and 100 g of diglyme and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. . Then, the obtained diester is chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted to a polyimide precursor with 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and the same as in Synthesis Example 1 The polyimide precursor was obtained by the method of The weight average molecular weight of this polyimide precursor was 19,000.
A-4
<合成例5>
[2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4'-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドからのポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体(A-5)の合成]
N-メチル-2-ピロリドン100mLに、2,2'-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン13.92gを添加し、攪拌溶解した。続いて、温度を0~5℃に保ちながら、11.21gの4,4'-オキシジベンゾイルクロリドを10分間で滴下した後、60分間攪拌を続けた。次いで、6リットルの水の中でポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を沈殿させ、水-ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体混合物を5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を濾過して除き、6リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体の重量平均分子量は、15,000であった。
A-5
[Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor (A-5) from 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride]
To 100 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 13.92 g of 2,2′-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane was added and dissolved with stirring. Subsequently, while the temperature was kept at 0-5 ° C., 11.21 g of 4,4′-oxydibenzoyl chloride was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and then stirring was continued for 60 minutes. The polybenzoxazole precursor was then precipitated in 6 liters of water and the water-polybenzoxazole precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polybenzoxazole precursor was filtered off, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. The resulting polybenzoxazole precursor was then dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The weight average molecular weight of this polybenzoxazole precursor was 15,000.
A-5
<合成例6>
[比較例用ポリマー(RA-1)の合成]
27.0g(153.2ミリモル)のベンジルメタクリレート、20g(157.3ミリモル)のN-イソプロピルメタクリルアミド、39g(309.2ミリモル)のメタクリル酸アリル、13g(151.0ミリモル)のメタクリル酸、重合開始剤(V-601、和光純薬工業社製)3.55g(15.4ミリモル)、および3-メトキシ-2-プロパノール 300gを混合させた。混合液を、窒素雰囲気下、75℃に加熱した、3-メトキシ-2-プロパノール300gの中に、2時間掛けて滴下した。滴下終了後、さらに窒素雰囲気下、75℃で2時間撹拌した。反応終了後、5リットルの水の中で、ポリマーを沈殿させて、5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。アクリル樹脂をろ過して除き、4リットルの水の中で再度30分間撹拌し再びろ過した。次いで、得られたアクリル樹脂を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥した。このポリマーの重量平均分子量は、25,000であった。
RA-1
[Synthesis of Comparative Polymer (RA-1)]
27.0 g (153.2 mmol) of benzyl methacrylate, 20 g (157.3 mmol) of N-isopropylmethacrylamide, 39 g (309.2 mmol) of allyl methacrylate, 13 g (151.0 mmol) of methacrylic acid, 3.55 g (15.4 mmol) of a polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol were mixed. The mixture was dropped into 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol heated to 75 ° C. under nitrogen atmosphere over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After completion of the reaction, the polymer was precipitated in 5 liters of water and stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The acrylic resin was filtered off, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. The resulting acrylic resin was then dried at 45 ° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer was 25,000.
RA-1
<実施例および比較例>
下記表に記載の成分を混合し、各感光性樹脂組成物を得た。得られた感光性樹脂組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して加圧ろ過した。
<<感光性樹脂組成物の組成>>
ポリイミド前駆体:表記載の質量部
ラジカル重合開始剤:表記載の質量部
ラジカル重合性化合物:表記載の質量部
その他の成分;表記載の質量部
<Example and Comparative Example>
The components described in the following table were mixed to obtain each photosensitive resin composition. The resulting photosensitive resin composition was pressure-filtered through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm.
<< Composition of Photosensitive Resin Composition >>
Polyimide precursor: Part by mass of radical polymerization initiator described in the table: Part by mass of precursor listed in the table: Radically polymerizable compound described in the table: part by mass of the other component Other components; mass listed in the table
(B)加熱すると酸性度が低下する化合物(酸消失剤)
以下に、300℃で加熱した前後のpKaの値を示す。
(C)ラジカル重合開始剤
C-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF社製)
C-2:IRGACURE OXE 02(BASF社製)
C-3:IRGACURE 369(BASF社製)
(C) Radical polymerization initiator C-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
C-2: IRGACURE OXE 02 (manufactured by BASF)
C-3: IRGACURE 369 (manufactured by BASF)
(D)ラジカル重合性化合物
D-1:A-DPH(新中村化学工業社製)
D-2:SR-209(サートマー社製)
D-2: SR-209 (made by Sartmar)
(E)重合禁止剤
E-1:2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール(東京化成工業社製)
E-2:パラベンゾキノン(東京化成工業社製)
E-3:パラメトキシフェノール(東京化成工業社製)
(F)マイグレーション抑制剤
F-1:下記化合物
F-2:下記化合物
F-3:下記化合物
F-4:下記化合物
E-2: Parabenzoquinone (made by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
E-3: Paramethoxyphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(F) Migration inhibitor F-1: the following compound F-2: the following compound F-3: the following compound F-4: the following compound
(G)金属接着性改良剤
G-1:下記化合物
G-2:下記化合物
G-3:下記化合物
(G) Metal Adhesion Improver G-1: Following Compound G-2: Following Compound G-3: Following Compound
(H)硬化促進剤(塩基発生剤)
H-1光硬化促進剤(光塩基発生剤):下記化合物
Et:エチル基
H-1 photo-curing accelerator (photo base generator): The following compounds
(I)溶剤
I-1:γ-ブチロラクトン(三和油化社製)
I-2:ジメチルスルホキシド(和光純薬工業社製)
I-3:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(Ashland社製)
(I) Solvent I-1: γ-butyrolactone (manufactured by Sanwa Yuka Co., Ltd.)
I-2: Dimethyl sulfoxide (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)
I-3: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (manufactured by Ashland)
<保存安定性>
上記ろ過後の感光性樹脂組成物を、E型粘度計を用いて粘度(0日)を測定した。密閉容器中、25℃で14日間、感光性樹脂組成物を静置した後、再度E型粘度計を用いて粘度(14日)を測定した。以下の式から、粘度低下率を算出した。粘度低下率が低ければ低い程、保存安定性が高いことを表す。
粘度低下率=100×{1-(粘度(14日)/粘度(0日))}
粘度の測定は25℃で行うこととし、その他はJIS Z 8803:2011に準拠することとした。
A:粘度低下率が5%以下
B:粘度低下率が5%を超えて10%以下
C:粘度低下率が10%を超えて15%以下
D:粘度低下率が15%を超えて20%以下
E:粘度低下率が20%を超える
<Storage stability>
The viscosity (0 day) of the photosensitive resin composition after filtration was measured using an E-type viscometer. The photosensitive resin composition was allowed to stand in a closed container at 25 ° C. for 14 days, and then the viscosity (14 days) was measured again using an E-type viscometer. The viscosity reduction rate was calculated from the following equation. The lower the viscosity reduction rate, the higher the storage stability.
Viscosity reduction rate = 100 × {1- (viscosity (14 days) / viscosity (0 days))}
The viscosity was measured at 25 ° C., and the others were in accordance with JIS Z 8803: 2011.
A: The viscosity reduction rate is 5% or less B: The viscosity reduction rate is more than 5% to 10% or less C: The viscosity reduction rate is more than 10% to 15% or less D: The viscosity reduction rate is more than 15% to 20% Below E: Viscosity reduction rate exceeds 20%
<破断伸び>
上記ろ過後の各感光性樹脂組成物を、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコート法により層状に適用して、感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。得られた感光性樹脂組成物層を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に20μmの厚さの均一な感光性樹脂組成物層とした。シリコンウェハ上の感光性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて、500mJ/cm2の露光エネルギーで露光し、露光した感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)を、窒素雰囲気下で、10℃/分の昇温速度で昇温し、250℃に達した後、この温度を3時間維持した。硬化後の樹脂層を4.9%フッ化水素酸溶液に浸漬し、シリコンウェハから樹脂層を剥離し、樹脂膜1を得た。
<Breaking elongation>
Each photosensitive resin composition after the said filtration was applied in layers by a spin coat method on a silicon wafer to form a photosensitive resin composition layer. The silicon wafer to which the obtained photosensitive resin composition layer was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to obtain a uniform photosensitive resin composition layer with a thickness of 20 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) exposed on an exposure energy of 500 mJ / cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) with a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C) is exposed to a nitrogen atmosphere in the photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer. The temperature was raised at a rate of 10 ° C./min, and after reaching 250 ° C., this temperature was maintained for 3 hours. The resin layer after curing was immersed in a 4.9% hydrofluoric acid solution, and the resin layer was peeled off from the silicon wafer to obtain a resin film 1.
樹脂膜1の破断伸びを引張り試験機(テンシロン)を用いてクロスヘッドスピード300mm/分、幅10mm、試料長50mmとしてフィルムの長手方向、幅方向について、25℃、65%相対湿度(RH)の環境下にてJIS-K6251:2017に準拠して破断伸びを測定した。破断伸びは、Eb=(Lb-L0)/L0(Eb:切断時伸び、L0:試験前の試験片の長さ、Lb:試験片が切断した時の試験片の長さ)で算出した。評価は長手方向、幅方向それぞれの破断伸びを各5回ずつ測定し、長手方向と幅方向の平均値を用いた。
A:破断伸びが80%を超えた
B:破断伸びが70%を超えて80%以下
C:破断伸びが60%を超えて70%以下
D:破断伸びが50%を超えて60%以下
E:破断伸びが50%以下
The tensile elongation at break of the resin film 1 is set at a crosshead speed of 300 mm / min, a width of 10 mm, and a sample length of 50 mm using a tensile tester (Tensilon) at 25 ° C and 65% relative humidity (RH) Elongation at break was measured in accordance with JIS-K6251: 2017 under environmental conditions. Elongation at break, E b = (L b -L 0) / L 0 (E b: elongation at break, L 0: length of the test piece before the test, L b: the specimen when the specimen was cut Length). In the evaluation, the breaking elongation in each of the longitudinal direction and the width direction was measured five times each, and the average value in the longitudinal direction and the width direction was used.
A: Elongation over 80% B: Elongation over 70% to 80% C: Elongation over 60% to 70% D: Elongation over 50% to 60% E : Elongation at break is 50% or less
<最小線幅パターンの解像性評価>
上記ろ過後の各感光性樹脂組成物を、シリコンウェハ上にスピンコートした。感光性樹脂組成物を適用したシリコンウェハをホットプレート上で、100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウェハ上に20μmの膜厚の均一な感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。シリコンウェハ上の感光性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)を用いて露光した。露光はi線で行い、波長365nmにおいて、200、300、400、500、600、700、800mJ/cm2の各露光エネルギーで、5μmから25μmまで1μm刻みのラインアンドスペースのフォトマスクを使用して、露光を行って、樹脂層を得た。
<Resolution evaluation of minimum line width pattern>
Each photosensitive resin composition after the above-mentioned filtration was spin-coated on a silicon wafer. The silicon wafer to which the photosensitive resin composition was applied was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes on a hot plate to form a uniform photosensitive resin composition layer with a thickness of 20 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). Exposure is with i-line and using line and space photomasks from 5 μm to 25 μm in 1 μm steps at each exposure energy of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 mJ / cm 2 at 365 nm wavelength Then, exposure was performed to obtain a resin layer.
上記樹脂層を、シクロペンタノンで60秒間現像した。得られた樹脂層(ラインパターン)の線幅が小さければ小さいほど微細なパターンを形成可能であることを表し、好ましい結果となる。また、形成可能な最小線幅が露光量の変動に対して変化しにくいほど、微細パターン形成における露光量の任意性が増大し、好ましい結果となる。測定限界は5μmである。
A:5μm以上8μm以下であった
B:8μmを超えて10μm以下であった
C:10μmを超えて15μm以下であった
D:15μmを超えて20μm以下であった
E:20μmを超えた
F:エッジの鋭さを持つ線幅を有するパターンが得られなかった
The resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds. The smaller the line width of the obtained resin layer (line pattern), the smaller the pattern can be formed, which is a preferable result. Further, as the minimum line width that can be formed is less likely to change with respect to the fluctuation of the exposure amount, the arbitraryness of the exposure amount in fine pattern formation is increased, which is a preferable result. The measurement limit is 5 μm.
A: 5 μm to 8 μm B: 8 μm to 10 μm C: 10 μm to 15 μm D: 15 μm to 20 μm E: 20 μm to F A pattern with a line width with edge acuity could not be obtained
上記の結果から分かるとおり、本発明においてポリマー前駆体と特定の酸消失剤とを組み合わせて用いたものでは、十分な硬化性を維持して高い保存安定性を実現していた。また、必要な場合は、高い硬化物の破断伸びや、良好な最小線幅パターンの解像性も達成しており、ニーズに応じて高い性能を発揮しうることが分かった。一方、特定の酸消失剤を用いていない比較例では、保存安定性に劣り、破断伸びも不十分なものがあった。この結果からも、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物が半導体デバイスの製造およびその製品等において優れた性能を発揮しうることが分かった。 As can be seen from the above results, in the present invention, in which the polymer precursor and the specific acid eliminator were used in combination, sufficient curability was maintained and high storage stability was realized. In addition, it was found that high elongation at break of the cured product and good resolution of the minimum line width pattern were achieved when necessary, and high performance could be exhibited according to needs. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples in which a specific acid extinguishing agent was not used, the storage stability was poor and the breaking elongation was also insufficient. Also from this result, it was found that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can exhibit excellent performance in the production of semiconductor devices, products thereof and the like.
<実施例100>
感光性樹脂組成物(1)を、細孔の幅が1.0μmのフィルターを通して加圧濾過した後、銅薄層が形成された樹脂基板の表面にスピニング(3500rpm、30秒)して適用した。樹脂基板に適用した感光性樹脂組成物を、100℃で2分間乾燥した後、ステッパー(ニコン製、NSR1505i6)を用いて露光した。露光はマスクを介して、波長365nmで200mJ/cm2の露光量で露光した。露光の後、ベークを行い、シクロペンタノンで30秒間現像し、PGMEAで20秒間リンスし、パターンを得た。
次いで、230℃で3時間加熱し、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
Example 100
Photosensitive resin composition (1) was applied by pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 1.0 μm, and then applied by spinning (3500 rpm, 30 seconds) to the surface of the resin substrate on which a copper thin layer was formed. . The photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes and then exposed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon, NSR1505i6). The exposure was performed through a mask at a wavelength of 365 nm and an exposure of 200 mJ / cm 2 . After exposure, it was baked, developed for 30 seconds with cyclopentanone and rinsed for 20 seconds with PGMEA to obtain a pattern.
Next, the resultant was heated at 230 ° C. for 3 hours to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. The interlayer insulation film for the redistribution layer was excellent in insulation.
Claims (31)
(X)m-LA-(Y)n・・・・式A1
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Yは-OH、-COOH、または-NH(RN)を表し、RNは水素原子または有機基であり、mは1~4の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表す;
(X)m-LA-(Q)n・・・・式A2
式中、Xは-COOH、-SO3H、または-PO3H2を表し、LAはm+n価の連結基を表し、Qは加熱により塩基成分を放出する基を表す;
Z-(LC-COOH)nz・・・・式A3
式中、Zはnz価の有機基を表し、LCは、*1-(C=O)C(Ra)2-*2、-CH(Rb)-、または-C(Rb)2-を表し、Raは水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、Rbはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、またはアリールアルキル基を表し、*1がZ側の結合位置、*2がCOOH側の結合位置を表し、nzは1~4の整数である。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound whose acidity decreases upon heating is a compound represented by any one of formulas A1 to A3;
(X) m- L A- (Y) n ··· Formula A1
Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Y represents -OH, -COOH or -NH an (R N), , R N is a hydrogen atom or an organic group, m is an integer of 1 to 4 and n is an integer of 1 to 4;
(X) m- L A- (Q) n ··· Formula A2
Wherein, X represents -COOH, -SO 3 H, or -PO 3 H 2, L A represents a m + n valent linking group, Q is a group which releases a basic component by heating;
Z- (L C -COOH) nz ··· Formula A3
In the formula, Z represents an nz-valent organic group, and L C is * 1- (C = O) C (R a ) 2- * 2 , -CH (R b )-, or -C (R b ) 2- represents, R a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, R b represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or an arylalkyl group, * 1 represents Z The bonding position on the side, * 2 represents the bonding position on the COOH side, and nz is an integer of 1 to 4.
Ar0はそれぞれ独立に芳香族基を表し、L0は、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2-、-NHCO-ならびに、これらの組み合わせから選択される基を表す。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein R 111 in the formula (1) is represented by -Ar 0- L 0- Ar 0- .
Ar 0 each independently represents an aromatic group, and L 0 is a single bond, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -C (= O) -, -S-, -S (= O) 2- , -NHCO-, and a group selected from a combination of these.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2019567200A JP7065120B2 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2019-01-28 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing laminate, semiconductor device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018-012586 | 2018-01-29 | ||
| JP2018012586 | 2018-01-29 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2019146778A1 true WO2019146778A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 |
Family
ID=67394950
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2019/002704 Ceased WO2019146778A1 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2019-01-28 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate body, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate body, and semiconductor device |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7065120B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI779162B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2019146778A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2021100768A1 (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2021-05-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method |
| WO2022045059A1 (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-03-03 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device |
| CN114341731A (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2022-04-12 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Method for producing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device |
Families Citing this family (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8652397B2 (en) * | 2010-04-09 | 2014-02-18 | Southwire Company | Ultrasonic device with integrated gas delivery system |
| JP7543691B2 (en) * | 2020-04-20 | 2024-09-03 | Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film, cured film, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic component |
| CN115232017B (en) * | 2021-03-15 | 2024-06-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | A compound, a resin, and preparation method and application thereof |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2015199219A1 (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2015-12-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Thermal base generator, thermosetting resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, and semiconductor device |
| WO2017146153A1 (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2017-08-31 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
| WO2018043467A1 (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition and application of same |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP3179174B2 (en) * | 1992-03-11 | 2001-06-25 | 富士写真フイルム株式会社 | Lithographic printing plate precursor and plate making method |
| CN101432659B (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2013-06-12 | 旭化成电子材料株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive film |
-
2019
- 2019-01-25 TW TW108102988A patent/TWI779162B/en active
- 2019-01-28 WO PCT/JP2019/002704 patent/WO2019146778A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-01-28 JP JP2019567200A patent/JP7065120B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2015199219A1 (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2015-12-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Thermal base generator, thermosetting resin composition, cured film, cured film manufacturing method, and semiconductor device |
| WO2017146153A1 (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2017-08-31 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device |
| WO2018043467A1 (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition and application of same |
Cited By (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114341731A (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2022-04-12 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Method for producing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor device |
| CN114341731B (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2025-06-27 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Method for producing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method for producing laminated body, and method for producing semiconductor device |
| US12422750B2 (en) | 2019-08-27 | 2025-09-23 | Fujifilm Corporation | Method of manufacturing cured film, photocurable resin composition, method of manufacturing laminate, and method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
| WO2021100768A1 (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2021-05-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and electronic device manufacturing method |
| CN114730145A (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2022-07-08 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Pattern forming method, photocurable resin composition, manufacturing method of laminated body, and manufacturing method of electronic device |
| EP4063953A4 (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2023-05-31 | FUJIFILM Corporation | PATTERN FORMING METHOD, PHOTOCURABLE RESIN COMPOSITION, LAMINATE BODY MANUFACTURING METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD |
| WO2022045059A1 (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-03-03 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, and semiconductor device |
| JPWO2022045059A1 (en) * | 2020-08-26 | 2022-03-03 | ||
| JP7653442B2 (en) | 2020-08-26 | 2025-03-28 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing the cured product, and semiconductor device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI779162B (en) | 2022-10-01 |
| JPWO2019146778A1 (en) | 2021-03-18 |
| TW201937284A (en) | 2019-09-16 |
| JP7065120B2 (en) | 2022-05-11 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6808831B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for producing cured films, semiconductor devices and compounds | |
| JP7150040B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| JPWO2018151195A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| JP7333383B2 (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| CN112513219B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| JP6751159B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device | |
| WO2019146778A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate body, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate body, and semiconductor device | |
| WO2018221457A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, polymeric precursor, cured film, laminate, cured film production method, and semiconductor device | |
| WO2019146611A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, resin, cured film, laminated body, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| WO2018003725A1 (en) | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor | |
| JPWO2018003726A1 (en) | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and polyimide precursor | |
| WO2020170997A1 (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator | |
| JP7083392B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for producing these, semiconductor devices, thermal base generators used in these. | |
| JP7037664B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, semiconductor devices, and thermal base generators. | |
| JP7068441B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, cured films, laminates and their applications | |
| WO2020066244A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, layered product, production method for cured film, semiconductor device, and thermal base generator | |
| JP7153064B2 (en) | Laminate manufacturing method and composition for forming thermosetting organic film | |
| WO2019013241A1 (en) | Thermosetting resin composition, cured film of same, laminate, semiconductor device, and method for producing same |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19744058 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019567200 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19744058 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |